Table of Contents

Mp

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

 

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                      to                    

 

Commission File Number: 001-36083

 

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

76-0533927

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

13139 Jess Pirtle Blvd.

Sugar Land, TX 77478

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(281) 295-1800

(Registrant’s telephone number)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

(Title of each class)

 

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

Common Stock, Par value $0.001

 

NASDAQ Global Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes     No 

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

(Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes     No 

 

As of June 30, 2016, the aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $180.9 million based upon the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Markets on June 30, 2016 of $11.15 per share. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and holders of more than ten percent of the outstanding common stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 

As of March 6, 2017, the Registrant had 18,677,878 outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

Table of Contents

 

 

    

 

Page

 

 

 

 

Part I  

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

Item 1.  

 

Business

3

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.  

 

Risk Factors

13

 

 

 

 

Item 1B.  

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

32

 

 

 

 

Item 2.  

 

Properties

32

 

 

 

 

Item 3.  

 

Legal Proceedings

32

 

 

 

 

Item 4.  

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

33

 

 

 

 

Part II  

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

Item 5.  

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

34

 

 

 

 

Item 6.  

 

Selected Financial Data

36

 

 

 

 

Item 7.  

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

38

 

 

 

 

Item 7A.  

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

57

 

 

 

 

Item 8.  

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

58

 

 

 

 

Item 9.  

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

58

 

 

 

 

Item 9A.  

 

Controls and Procedures

58

 

 

 

 

Item 9B.  

 

Other Information

59

 

 

 

 

Part III  

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

Item 10.  

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

60

 

 

 

 

Item 11.  

 

Executive Compensation

60

 

 

 

 

Item 12.  

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

60

 

 

 

 

Item 13.  

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

60

 

 

 

 

Item 14.  

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

60

 

 

 

 

Part IV  

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

Item 15.  

 

Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

61

 

 

 

 

Signatures  

62

 

2


 

Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Forward-Looking Information

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management, including statements appearing under the heading, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.  In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘should,’’ ‘‘expects,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘estimates,” “strategy,” “future,” “likely,” or “would” or by other similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes.  These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions and current expectations, which could cause the company’s actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to: reduction in the size or quantity of customer orders; change in demand for the company’s products due to industry conditions; changes in manufacturing operations; volatility in manufacturing costs; delays in shipments of products; disruptions in the supply chain; change in the rate of design wins or the rate of customer acceptance of new products; the company’s reliance on a small number of customers for a substantial portion of its revenues;  pricing pressure; a decline in demand for our customers products or their rate of deployment of their products; general conditions in the CATV, internet data center, FTTH, or telecom markets; changes in the world economy (particularly in the United States and China); the negative effects of seasonality; and other risks and uncertainties described more fully under “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those discussed in the company’s other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. All forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based upon information available to us as of the date hereof, and qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this report to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in the company’s expectations.

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily for four networking end-markets: internet data center, cable television, or CATV, fiber-to-the-home, or FTTH, and telecommunications, or telecom. We design and manufacture a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment.

 

In designing products for our customers, we begin with the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, and such products differ from each other by their end market, intended use and level of integration. We are primarily focused on the higher-performance segments within all four of our target markets, which increasingly demand faster connectivity and innovation.

 

The four end markets we target are all driven by significant bandwidth demand fueled by the growth of network-connected devices, video traffic, cloud computing and online social networking. To address this increased bandwidth demand, CATV and telecommunications service providers are competing directly against each other by providing bundles of voice, video and data services to their subscribers and investing to enhance the capacity, reliability and capability of their networks. The trend of rising bandwidth consumption also impacts the internet data center market, as reflected in the shift to higher speed server connections. As a result of these trends, fiber-optic networking technology is becoming essential in all four of our target markets, as it is often the only economic way to deliver the desired bandwidth.

 

The internet data center market is our largest and fastest growing market. Our customers in this market are generally large internet-based (“Web 2.0”) data center operators, to whom we supply optical transceivers that plug into

3


 

Table of Contents

switches and servers within the data center and allow these network devices to send and receive data over fiber optic cables. The majority of the data center optical transceivers that we sell utilize our own lasers and subassemblies (we refer to the transceivers subassemblies as “light engines”), and we believe that our in-house technology and manufacturing capability for these lasers and subassemblies gives us an advantage over many of our competitors who often lack either development or manufacturing capabilities for these advanced optical modules.

 

The CATV market is our most established market, for which we supply a broad array of products including lasers, transmitters and transceivers, and turn-key equipment. Sales of headend, node and distribution equipment have contributed significantly to our revenue in recent years as a result of our ability to meet the needs of CATV equipment vendors who have continued to outsource both the design and manufacturing of this equipment. While equipment vendors have relied upon third parties to assemble portions of their products, within the past seven years certain of our customers have accelerated the outsourcing of the design and manufacturing of both headend equipment and node equipment to third parties. The shift is due in part to the sophisticated engineering expertise needed to perform this work. We believe that our extensive high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering capabilities position us well to benefit from these industry dynamics.

 

Our vertically integrated manufacturing model provides us several advantages, including rapid product development, fast response times to customer requests and control over product quality and manufacturing costs. We design, manufacture and integrate our own analog and digital lasers using a combination of Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition, or MOCVD, and our proprietary Molecular Beam Epitaxy, or MBE, fabrication process, which we believe is unique in our industry. We manufacture the majority of the laser chips and optical components that are used in our products. The lasers we manufacture are proven to be reliable over time and highly tolerant of changes in temperature and humidity, making them well-suited to the CATV and FTTH markets where networking equipment is often installed outdoors.

 

In 2016, our revenue was $260.7 million and our gross margin was 33.4%. We have grown our annual revenue at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 34.1% between 2009 and 2016. In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we had net income of $31.2 million, $10.8 million and $4.3 million, respectively, and our accumulated deficit at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 was $68.2 million and $37.0 million, respectively. In 2016, we earned 77.2% of our total revenue from the internet data center market, and 16.7% of our total revenue from the CATV market. In 2016, our key customers in the data center market included Amazon.com (Amazon) and Microsoft Corp (Microsoft). In 2016, 2015, and 2014, Amazon accounted for 54.6%, 52.5%, and 45.8% of our revenue, respectively, and Microsoft accounted for 18.3%, 11.6%, and 3.6% of our revenue, respectively. In 2016, our key customers in the CATV market included Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco) and Arris Group, Inc. (Arris). In 2016, 2015 and 2014, Cisco accounted for 5.4%, 10.4%, and 8.9%, respectively, of our revenue and Arris accounted for 5.8%, 4.5% and 4.5%, respectively, of our revenue.

 

Industry Background

 

During 2016, our four target markets, internet data center, CATV, FTTH, and telecom experienced a significant growth in bandwidth consumption and the corresponding need for network infrastructure improvement to support this growth.

 

The prevailing trends in our target markets include:

 

·

Trends in the Internet Data Center Market. To support the substantial increase in bandwidth consumption, internet data center operators are increasing the scale of their internet data centers and accelerating data transmission rates. As a result, there is an ongoing transition from the use of copper cable, typically at speeds up to 1 gigabit per second (Gbps), to optical fiber as a transport medium, typically providing speeds from 10 Gbps to 100 Gbps. In recent years, a number of leading internet companies have adopted more open internet data center architectures, using a mix of systems and components from a variety of vendors, and in some cases designing their own equipment. For these companies, compatibility of new networking equipment with legacy infrastructure is not as important, and consequently, these companies are more willing to work with non-traditional equipment vendors, which we believe creates an open and growing opportunity for optical device vendors.  Moreover, transmission speeds have continued to increase among the companies who have previously transitioned from copper-based to fiber-based

4


 

Table of Contents

infrastructure, resulting in opportunities for optical device vendors to supply new optical transceivers capable of operating at these higher data rates.

 

·

Trends in the CATV Market. In recent years, CATV service providers have invested extensively to support high speed, two-way communications and we expect that they will continue to do so. In North America, in particular, CATV service providers have begun to upgrade their networks with new technologies like DOCSIS 3.1, which enables them to offer higher speed connections to their customers. In order to increase available bandwidth for their customers beyond the bandwidth possible with the introduction of DOCSIS 3.1, cable MSOs have been reducing the number of customers that are connected to a single node. By reducing the number of “homes per node,” the average bandwidth available to each customer is increased. Other new technologies, such as Converged Cable Access Platform (CCAP) and “Remote PHY” are under development by cable equipment suppliers. These technologies are being developed to be a cost-effective solution to provide higher available bandwidth to CATV customers.

 

While equipment vendors have historically relied upon third parties to assemble portions of their products, within the past seven years, certain of our customers have accelerated the outsourcing of both the design and manufacturing of both headend equipment and node equipment to third parties. The shift is due in part to the sophisticated engineering expertise needed to perform this work, along with the proliferation of new equipment designs needed to support DOCSIS 3.1.

 

·

Trends in the FTTH Market. The FTTH market generally refers to the Passive Optical Networks, or PONs, that telecommunications service providers deploy. The most commonly deployed PON technology is Gigabit PON, or GPON, which delivers up to 2.5 Gbps of data, but due to the splitting of the bandwidth among multiple users, the actual bandwidth delivered to an individual subscriber is far less than 2.5 Gbps. One approach that does support true 1 Gbps service to the home is wavelength division multiplexing PON, or WDM-PON, a technology that enables the transmission of multiple wavelengths of data over a single fiber-optic strand.

 

·

Trends in the Telecom Market.  The telecom market is composed of customers who deploy wireline optical networks, other than PONs, for telecommunications access networks, including for backhaul of cellular telephone signals.  As demand for mobile internet connectivity has increased in recent years, reliable and high-speed optical networks have become increasingly important.  In particular, the use of wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) to expand the capacity of mobile networks has led to increased demand for WDM components (including lasers and transceivers) by telecom equipment manufacturers.

 

We experience certain challenges within our target markets, including continuous pressure to innovate and deliver highly integrated products that perform reliably in harsh, demanding environments and to produce high-quality devices in large volumes at competitive prices.

 

Our Solutions

 

By addressing the challenges in our target markets, we provide the following benefits to our customers:

 

·

Enable customers to deliver innovative products. We leverage our extensive expertise in high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering, and MOCVD and our proprietary MBE laser fabrication process to deliver technologically advanced products to our customers.

 

·

Enhance efficiency and cost effectiveness of our customers’ supply chains. We design and sell products at the level of integration desired by a customer, from components to turn-key equipment, providing our customers a dependable, cost-effective and simplified supply chain.

 

·

Deliver high quality, reliable products in high volume. As a vertically integrated supplier, we are able to monitor and maintain quality control throughout the production process, using our internally produced components where possible for our final products. With manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Taiwan and China, we can support high volume production and timely delivery for our customers around the world.

 

5


 

Table of Contents

·

Provide sophisticated design solutions to our customers. We believe our in-house expertise in both analog and digital optical engineering enables us to design comprehensive solutions that meet many of the different network architectures and protocols used by our customers.

 

Our Strengths

 

Our key competitive strengths include the following:

 

·

Proprietary technological expertise and track record of innovation. We continue to develop innovative products by leveraging our technological expertise, including our proprietary MBE and MOCVD laser fabrication process.

 

·

Innovative light engine design and manufacturing. High-speed data center interconnect transceivers increasingly rely on multiple parallel optical signals.  Our expertise in designing and manufacturing light engines, which combine lasers and photodiodes with channel multiplexing and de-multiplexing elements, gives us the ability to quickly develop new products for our data center customers.

 

·

Proven system design capabilities. We have extensive expertise and proven design capabilities in high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering, which we believe position us to take advantage of the continuing shift to outsourced design and manufacturing among CATV equipment vendors.

 

·

Highly customized products. Many of our products have some level of customization, making it more difficult for our customers to switch rapidly to another supplier. We believe this element of customization contributes to longer product lifecycles and more stable product pricing.

 

·

Industry-leading position in the CATV market. We have continued to be awarded new design and manufacturing opportunities for CATV components and equipment. We serve a majority of the largest CATV equipment manufacturers in the world and our knowledge of both their requirements and the needs of their customers (the CATV network operators) allows us to access these new opportunities.

 

·

Vertically integrated, geographically distributed manufacturing model. Our vertically integrated design and manufacturing process encompasses various steps from laser design and fabrication to complete optical system design and assembly. Furthermore, we have geographically distributed our manufacturing by strategically locating our operations in the U.S., China and Taiwan to reduce development time and production costs, to better support our customers and to help protect our intellectual property.

 

Our Strategy

 

We seek to be the leading global provider of optical components, modules and equipment for each of our four target markets, internet data centers, CATV, FTTH, and telecom. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

 

·

Continue to penetrate the internet data center market. In the internet data center market, we primarily target internet data center operators who have adopted an open system architecture—one in which the optical connectivity solutions can be provided by a different vendor than the vendor which provides their servers and switches.

 

·

Extend our leadership in CATV networking. We intend to maintain our position as the leading producer of optical components used in CATV networks, and to capture an increasing share of the CATV equipment market as the major equipment vendors continue to outsource the design and manufacturing of such products.

 

·

Continue to penetrate the FTTH market. We believe our WDM-PON technology is a cost-effective solution for delivering 1 Gbps bandwidth to a home. We intend to capture an increasing share of the FTTH market by delivering optical modules enabling 1 Gbps synchronous service to the home through our customers, who are either internet service providers or manufacturers of networking equipment supplying internet service providers.

6


 

Table of Contents

 

·

Continue to invest in our capabilities and infrastructure. We intend to continue to invest in new products, new technology and our production infrastructure and facilities to maintain and strengthen our competitive position. We engage in an active research and development program to develop new products and enhance existing products.

 

·

Selectively pursue other opportunities that leverage our existing expertise. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing outdoor equipment for the CATV industry positions us well to pursue applications that are also characterized by having varying and demanding environments, including wireless and wireline telecom infrastructure, industrial robotics, aerospace and defense, and oil and gas exploration.

 

·

Pursue complementary acquisition and strategic alliance opportunities. We evaluate and selectively pursue acquisition opportunities or strategic alliances that we believe will enhance or complement our current product offerings, augment our technology roadmap, or diversify our revenue base.

 

Our Technology

 

We believe that we have technology leadership in four key areas: semiconductor laser manufacturing, electronic technologies that enhance the performance of our lasers, optical hybrid integration and mixed-signal semiconductor design.

 

·

Differentiated semiconductor laser manufacturing. We use a combination of MBE and MOCVD processes in the fabrication of our lasers. We believe that the combination of these two epitaxial processes allows our products to benefit from the advantages afforded by each of these techniques.  Among the differentiators of MBE relative to MOCVD fabrication are a lower process temperature and the use of solid phase materials rather than gaseous sources to grow wafers and the growth of more highly strained crystals. These factors contribute to longer operating lives of our lasers, improved laser efficiency and threshold current, among other performance attributes that make them well-suited to our target markets. While we believe that these advantages of MBE are important, MBE does have disadvantages including the inability to use certain dopant materials (for example Iron), difficulty in certain types of regrowth, and the necessity to maintain complex ultra-high vacuum equipment. By utilizing MOCVD in a portion of our production process, we are able to ameliorate some of these disadvantages.  However, the epitaxial and processing steps required in the fabrication of our devices are very complex, with numerous critical steps requiring highly precise control. As a result of some of these challenges, production yields and the performance attributes of laser devices are highly variable and optimizing these characteristics requires numerous enhancements and modifications to standard MBE equipment and the MBE process. To our knowledge, we are unique in incorporating MBE processes in the production of communications lasers in high volume, and believe it would be difficult and time-consuming for other vendors to replicate our production technology.

 

·

Laser enhancement technology. Certain properties of the semiconductor lasers predominantly used in traditional communications devices, such as chirp and wavelength drift, negatively affect their ability to transmit signals over long fiber distances or prevent them from transmitting signals with acceptable fidelity in certain applications. We have developed laser enhancement circuitry that can correct many of these deficiencies. We believe that our technology will become more essential with wider deployment of higher capacity CATV and FTTH systems, which place more stringent demands on laser performance.

 

·

Optical hybrid-integration technology. Reducing the size, power consumption and complexity of optical devices is essential for achieving the price and performance targets of our customers. Our ability to integrate multiple optical networking functions into a single device and to co-package multiple devices into smaller form factors helps us meet customer requirements, and we believe can also create new opportunities. For instance, the transmission speed between network elements (switches and servers, for example) within the data center has continued to increase. However, the rate at which this data can be converted from electrical signals to optical signals by laser diodes has not increased at the same pace. Therefore, to achieve data rates of 40 Gbps and above, many customers utilize multiple lower data rate lasers co-packaged together into a single optical module, which we refer to as a light engine. The technology required to cost-effectively and reliably co-package these lasers and the associated electronic

7


 

Table of Contents

control circuitry is complex. Our extensive experience with the processes and the manufacturing technologies required to produce these devices gives us a competitive advantage.

 

Similarly, in FTTH networks, installing new fiber-optic cable is expensive and difficult, and in some situations prohibitively so for a network service provider. As a consequence, network operators seek to maximize the utilization of their installed fiber plant. In long-haul and metropolitan networks, the number of service providers who deployed WDM technology as fiber utilization rose. Fiber utilization in access networks is rising, but the use of WDM technology in the access segment has been problematic due to the relatively high cost and power consumption of the requisite optical devices. We have developed proprietary miniaturized optical packaging, electronic control circuitry and testing algorithms to create a hybrid WDM-PON solution that addresses these historical impediments that we believe will make WDM-PON a cost-effective alternative for deployment.

 

·

Mixed-signal design. As CATV providers continue to evolve from primarily broadcast-video content providers to a mixture of HD video content together with data-connectivity providers, the networks they utilize to offer these services must evolve as well. Older analog networks are giving way to hybrid networks that incorporate both analog and digital signals. For example, many newer networks are being designed with “digital return-path” capabilities. In this type of network, signals traveling from the headend to the residence are transported as analog signals, whereas signals traveling in the opposite direction (that is, originating at the residence and being transmitted towards the headend) are carried as digital signals. This combination of analog and digital signaling creates unique design challenges. Our engineers have many years of experience in developing equipment, modules and components that are well suited to these sorts of mixed-signal architectures. We believe that having deep experience in both digital and analog signaling allows us to offer superior solutions to our customers, compared with companies who have expertise in only one of these signal types.

 

Our Products

 

Our products include an array of optical communications solutions at varying levels of integration. We begin from the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products from optical modules to complete turn-key equipment. We design our products to target customers in our identified markets to meet their needs and specifications.

 

Our components often incorporate one or more of our optical laser chips inside a precision housing that provides mechanical protection as well as standardized electrical contacts. More complex optical components may also include optical filters (for example, for use in WDM) or other optical elements by which optical signals are routed internally within the component. These more advanced components may also include coolers, heaters and sensors that allow the temperature of the laser chip to be measured and controlled. We manufacture the majority of the laser chips and optical components that are used in our own products.

 

At the next level of integration, our module or sub-assembly products typically contain one or more of our optical components and some additional control circuitry. Examples of modules include our transceiver line primarily used in internet data center markets and FTTH markets.

 

At the highest level of integration and complexity, our equipment products typically contain one or more optical components, modules and additional electronic control circuitry required to enable these subsystems to operate independently. For example, our CATV transmitter equipment requires utilization of our optical components and assembly onto a circuit board and to an external housing. Examples of equipment include our CATV transmitter and CATV nodes.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property. We employ various methods to protect these intellectual property rights, including maintaining a technological infrastructure with significant security measures, limiting disclosure and restricting access to only those individuals with an operational need for such information, and having employees, consultants and suppliers execute confidentiality agreements with us. While we expect our

8


 

Table of Contents

intellectual property to provide competitive advantages, we also find meaningful value from unpatented proprietary process knowledge, know-how and trade secrets.

 

Patents

 

As of December 31, 2016, we owned a total of 90 U.S. issued patents and 120 patents issued in China and Taiwan, plus a number of pending U.S. and foreign/international patent applications. Our issued U.S. and foreign patents will expire between 2017 and 2035.  While our patents are an important element of our success, our business as a whole is not dependent on any one patent or group of patents. We do not anticipate any material effect on our business due to any patents expiring in 2017, and we continue to obtain new patents through our ongoing research and development.

 

Our portfolio of patents and patent applications covers several different technology families including:

 

·

laser structure and design;

 

·

optical signal conditioning and laser control;.

 

·

laser fabrication;

 

·

photodiode and optical receiver design and fabrication;

 

·

optical device and module designs;

 

·

optical device packaging equipment and techniques; and

 

·

optical network enhancements.

 

Trademarks

 

We have registered the trademarks APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC., AOI and our logo with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register. These marks are also registered in, or have applications for registration pending in, various foreign trademark offices.

 

Research and Development

 

To maintain our growth and competitiveness, we engage in an active research and development program to develop new products and enhance existing products. As a result of these efforts, we anticipate releasing various new or enhanced products over the next several years. Our research and development expenses were approximately $31.8 million, $20.9 million, and $16.0 million for the years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2016, we had a total of 276 employees working in the R&D department, including 16 with Ph.D. degrees. We continue to recruit talented engineers to further enhance our research and development capabilities. We have research and development departments in our facilities in Texas, Georgia, China and Taiwan. Our research and development teams collaborate on joint projects, and by co-locating with our manufacturing operations enable us to achieve an efficient cost structure and improve our time to market.

 

A  key factor in our research and development success is our highly collaborative process for new product development. Particularly in our equipment and module businesses, we often collaborate very closely with our customers from a very early stage in product development. By purposefully fostering this close collaboration, we believe that we can more rapidly develop leading solutions meeting the needs of our customers.

 

Manufacturing and Operations

 

We have three manufacturing sites: Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan. Our research and development functions are generally partnered with our manufacturing locations. In our U.S. facility, we manufacture laser chips (utilizing our MBE and MOCVD process), subassemblies and components. The subassemblies are used in the manufacture of components by our other manufacturing facilities or sold to third parties as modules. We manufacture

9


 

Table of Contents

our laser chips only within our U.S. facility, where our laser design team is located. In our Taiwan location, we manufacture optical components, such as our butterfly lasers, which incorporate laser chips, subassemblies and components manufactured within our U.S. facility. In addition, in our Taiwan location, we manufacture transceivers for the internet data center, FTTH, telecom and other markets. In our China facility, we take advantage of lower labor costs and manufacture certain more labor intensive components and optical equipment systems, such as optical subassemblies for the internet data center market, CATV transmitters (at the headend) and CATV outdoor equipment (at the node). Each facility conducts testing on the components, modules or subsystems it manufactures and each facility is certified to ISO 9001:2008.

 

We sell our products to customers worldwide, and in addition to these external customer sales many of our products are used internally in the production of transceivers and equipment that we manufacture. With a vertically integrated manufacturing process, we produce many of our own laser chips and other parts required to manufacture our optical components. Through this model, we are able to reduce development time and product costs as well as enhance quality control. We incorporate our own components into our transceivers, subsystems and equipment products wherever possible. In instances where we do not produce components ourselves, we source them from external suppliers and regularly evaluate these relationships in an attempt to reduce risk and lower cost.

 

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials and components used in our products. We regularly review our vendor relationships in an attempt to mitigate risks and lower costs, especially where we depend on one or two vendors for critical components or raw materials. While maintaining inventories that we believe are sufficient to meet our near-term needs, we strive not to carry significant inventories of externally sourced raw materials. Accordingly, we maintain ongoing communications with our vendors in order to help prevent any interruptions in supply, and have implemented a supply-chain management program to maintain quality and lower purchase prices through standardized purchasing efficiencies and design requirements.

 

Customers

 

Our customers are primarily internet data center operators, CATV and telecommunications equipment manufacturers, and internet service providers. We generally employ a direct sales model in North America and in the rest of the world we use both direct and indirect sales channels. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, we obtained 96.0%, 95.7% and 92.6% of our revenue, respectively, through our direct sales efforts and the remainder of our revenue through our indirect sales channels. Our sales channel partners provide logistical services and day-to-day customer support. Where we sell through an indirect sales channel, we work with the end customer to establish technological specifications for our products. Our equipment customers typically offer our equipment under their brand-name and our equipment is often customized with unique design or performance criteria by each of these customers. We also from time to time offer design or manufacturing services to customers to assist them in more effectively using our products and realizing time-to-market advantages.

 

In 2016, the two customers who contributed most to our data center revenue were Amazon and Microsoft. Our CATV products were used by the two largest CATV OEMs, consisting of Cisco and Arris (which acquired the Motorola Home Business in 2013 and Pace Plc in 2016). The two customers that contributed most to our revenue in the FTTH market in 2016 were Genexis B.V. and a leading internet service provider. In 2016, revenue from the internet data center market, CATV market, FTTH market, the telecom market and other markets provided 77.2%, 16.7%, 0.6%, 5.0% and 0.5% of our revenue, respectively, compared to 64.9%, 28.3%, 1.3%, 5.1% and 0.4%, respectively, in 2015.

 

In our telecom market, we manufacture and sell optical products which include transceivers designed to transmit signals used in 4G Long Term Evolution, or LTE, mobile networks, and various products targeted at the metro-scale telecommunications networking market. We have various other products designed for diverse applications, both inside and outside of communications technology, which generally are derivatives of products developed for our four target markets.

 

We support our sales efforts by attendance at industry trade shows, technical conferences, advertising in various trade journals and magazines and other promotional efforts. These efforts are aimed at attracting new customers and enhancing our existing customer relationships.

 

10


 

Table of Contents

Backlog

 

We generally make sales pursuant to short-term purchase orders without deposits and subject to rescheduling, revision or cancellation on short notice. We accordingly believe that purchase orders are not an accurate indicator of our future sales and any backlog of purchase orders is not a reliable indicator of our future revenue.

 

Financial Information by Geographic Region

 

For information regarding our revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region, see Note N to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For risks relating to our operations see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and particularly the risks under the caption “Risks related to our operations in China.”

 

Competition

 

The optical networking market is intensely competitive. Because of the broad nature of our product offerings, we do not believe that we face a single major competitor across all of our markets. We do, however, experience intense competition in each product area from a number of manufacturers and we anticipate that competition will increase. Our major competitors in one or more of our markets include EMCORE Corporation, Finisar Corporation, Foxconn Interconnect Technology Ltd., Lumentum Holding, Inc., Mitsubishi, Molex, LLC, Oclaro, Inc., Source Photonics, and Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.

 

Many of our competitors are larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources.

 

In addition, several of our competitors have large market capitalizations or cash reserves and are much better positioned to acquire other companies to gain new technologies or products that may displace our products. Network equipment providers, who are our customers, and network service providers, who are supplied by our customers, may decide to manufacture the optical subsystems incorporated into their network systems in-house. We also encounter potential customers that, because of existing relationships, are committed to the products offered by these competitors.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our target markets include the following:

 

·

use of internally manufactured components;

 

·

product breadth and functionality;

 

·

timing and pace of new product development;

 

·

breadth of customer base;

 

·

technological expertise;

 

·

reliability of products;

 

·

product pricing; and

 

·

manufacturing efficiency.

 

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the above factors based on our MBE and MOCVD processes, our vertically integrated model, the performance and reliability of our product offerings, and our technical expertise in light engine design and manufacture.

 

Seasonality

See Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality,” regarding seasonality of certain of the Company’s products.

 

11


 

Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2016, we employed 2,776 full-time employees, of which 31 held Ph.D. degrees in a science or engineering field. Of our employees, 287 are located in the U.S., 1,218 are located in Taiwan and 1,271 are located in China. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining agreement, but certain employees of our China subsidiary are members of a trade union. We have never suffered any work stoppage as a result of an employment related strike or any employee related dispute and believe that we have satisfactory relations with our employees.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Our research and development and manufacturing operations and our products are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing discharges of pollutants to air and water, the use, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, employee health and safety, and the hazardous material content in our products. Our environmental management systems in our facilities in Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan are all certified to meet the requirements of ISO14001:2004. However, there can be no assurance that violations of applicable laws at any of our facilities will not occur in the future as a result of human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes. We use, store and dispose of hazardous materials in our manufacturing operations and hazardous materials are present in our products. We incur costs to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements, and any failure to comply, or the identification of contamination for which we are found liable, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, monetary fines, or civil or criminal penalties, and subject us to property damage and personal injury claims, and result in the suspension of production, alteration of our manufacturing processes, redesign of our products, or curtailment of sales and adverse publicity. Liability under environmental, health and safety laws can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. For example, pursuant to environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, we may be liable for the full amount of any remediation-related costs at properties we currently own or formerly owned, such as our currently owned Sugar Land, Texas facility, or at properties at which we operated, as well as at properties we will own or operate in the future, and properties to which we have sent hazardous substances, whether or not we caused the contamination.

 

We expect that our operations and products will be affected by new environmental requirements on an ongoing basis. Environmental, health and safety requirements have become more stringent over time, and changes to existing requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, or cause us to incur other significant expenses or to modify our manufacturing processes or the hazardous material content of our products. Identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by a governmental authority, enactment of more stringent legal requirements or other unanticipated events could give rise to adverse publicity, restrict our operations, affect the design or marketability of our products or otherwise cause us to incur material environmental costs.

 

We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the materials composition of our products. Some jurisdictions in which our products are sold have enacted requirements regarding the hazardous material content of certain products. For example, member states of the European Union and China are among a growing number of jurisdictions that have placed restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products, which affect the composition and packaging of our products. The passage of such requirements in additional jurisdictions, or the tightening of standards or elimination of certain exemptions in jurisdictions where our products are already subject to such requirements, could cause us to incur significant expenditures to make our products compliant with new requirements, or could limit the markets into which we may sell our products. Other governmental regulations may require us to reengineer our products to use components that are more environmentally compatible, resulting in additional costs to us.

 

Sources of Raw Materials

 

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials, components, and equipment used in our products. We continually review our supplier relationships to mitigate risks and lower costs, especially where we depend on one or two suppliers for critical components or raw materials. While maintaining inventories that we believe are sufficient to meet our near-term needs, we strive not to carry significant inventories of raw materials. Accordingly, we maintain ongoing communications with our suppliers in order to prevent any interruptions in supply, and have

12


 

Table of Contents

implemented a supply-chain management program to maintain quality and lower purchase prices through standardized purchasing efficiencies and design requirements. To date, we generally have been able to obtain sufficient quantities of critical supplies in a timely manner.

 

We are subject to rules promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act regarding the use of "conflict minerals". These rules have imposed and will continue to impose additional costs and may introduce new risks related to our ability to verify the origin of any "conflict minerals" used in our products.

 

Export Regulations

 

The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) of the U.S. Department of Commerce is responsible for regulating the export of most commercial items that are classified as dual-use goods that may have both commercial and military applications. A limited number of our products are exported by license under the Export Control Classification Number, or ECCN, of 5A991. Export Control Classification requirements are dependent upon an item’s technical characteristics, the destination, the end-use, and the end-user, and other activities of the end-user. Should the ECCN change, then the export of our products to certain countries would be restricted. However, we currently do not export our products to any countries on the restricted list, and therefore a change in the ECCN would not materially impact our business.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in the State of Texas in 1997. In March 2013, Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., a Texas corporation, converted into a Delaware corporation. Prime World International Holdings, Ltd. (“Prime World”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on January 13, 2006. Prime World is the parent company of Global Technology, Inc. (“Global”). Global was established in June 2002 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and was acquired by Prime World on March 30, 2006. Prime World also operates a division in Taiwan, which is qualified to do business in Taiwan and primarily manufactures transceivers and performs research and development activities.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 13139 Jess Pirtle Blvd., Sugar Land, TX 77478, and our telephone number is (281) 295-1800. Our website address is www.ao-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Available Information

 

We file electronically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We make available on our website at www.ao-inc.com free of charge, copies of these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after filing these reports with, or furnishing them to, the SEC.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, we may be unable to conduct our business as currently planned and our financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to the occurrence of any of these risks and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Inherent in Our Business

 

We are dependent on our key customers for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any of our key customers would adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.

 

We generate much of our revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, our top ten customers represented 95.5%, 88.7% and 87.2% of our revenue, respectively. In 2016, Amazon represented 54.6% of

13


 

Table of Contents

our revenue and Microsoft represented 18.3% of our revenue. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from any of our key customers would materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. We typically do not have long-term contracts with our customers and instead rely on recurring purchase orders. If our key customers do not continue to purchase our existing products or fail to purchase additional products from us, our revenue would decline and our results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

Adverse events affecting our key customers could also negatively affect our ability to retain their business and obtain new purchase orders, which could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. For example, in recent years, there has been consolidation among various network equipment manufacturers and this trend is expected to continue. For example, in January 2016, Arris completed its purchase of Pace Plc (“Pace”). Pace and Arris have historically been our customers, and if we fail to achieve historical levels of sales of our products to the new entity, the loss or reduction in sales could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. We are unable to predict the impact that industry consolidation would have on our existing or potential customers. We may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue arising from the consolidation of our existing customers with revenue from new customers or additional revenue from the merged company.

 

Customer demand is difficult to forecast accurately and, as a result, we may be unable to match production with customer demand.

 

We make planning and spending decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimates of product demand and customer requirements. Our products are typically purchased pursuant to individual purchase orders. While our customers may provide us with their demand forecasts, they are typically not contractually committed to buy any quantity of products beyond firm purchase orders. Furthermore, many of our customers may increase, decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place without significant penalty. The short-term nature of commitments by our customers and the possibility of unexpected changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources, cause our manufacturing to be negatively impacted by materials shortages, necessitate more onerous procurement commitments and reduce our gross margin. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet the volume demands of our customers, or one or more of our suppliers may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our volume demands. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, we will likely have excess manufacturing capacity or inventory and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

  

If our customers do not qualify our products for use on a timely basis, our results of operations may suffer.

 

Prior to the sale of new products, our customers typically require us to “qualify” our products for use in their applications. At the successful completion of this qualification process, we refer to the resulting sales opportunity as a “design win.” Additionally, new customers often audit our manufacturing facilities and perform other evaluations during this qualification process. The qualification process involves product sampling and reliability testing and collaboration with our product management and engineering teams in the design and manufacturing stages. If we are unable to accurately predict the amount of time required to qualify our products with customers, or are unable to qualify our products with certain customers at all, then our ability to generate revenue could be delayed or our revenue would be lower than expected and we may not be able to recover the costs associated with the qualification process or with our product development efforts, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

In addition, due to rapid technological changes in our markets, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we have qualified our product or begun volume manufacturing of a qualified product. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects. Some of these unrecoverable expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects may be significant. It is difficult to predict with any certainty whether our customers will delay or terminate product qualification or the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, but any such delay, cancellation or modification would have a negative effect on our results of operations.

 

Our ability to successfully qualify and scale capacity for new technologies and products is important to our ability to grow our business and market presence, and we may invest a significant amount to scale our capacity to meet

14


 

Table of Contents

potential demand from customers for our new technologies and products. If we are unable to qualify and sell any of our new products in volume, on time, or at all, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We face intense competition which could negatively impact our results of operations and market share.

 

The markets into which we sell our products are highly competitive. Our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of products to smaller companies specializing in niche markets. Current and potential competitors may have substantially greater name recognition, financial, marketing, research and manufacturing resources than we do, and there can be no assurance that our current and future competitors will not be more successful than us in specific product lines or markets. Some of our competitors may also have better-established relationships with our current or potential customers. Some of our competitors have more resources to develop or acquire new products and technologies and create market awareness for their products and technologies. In addition, some of our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below-market pricing levels that could prevent us from competing effectively and result in a loss of sales or market share or cause us to lower prices for our products. In recent years, there has been consolidation in our industry and we expect such consolidation to continue. Consolidation involving our competitors could result in even more intense competition. Network equipment manufacturers, who are our customers, and network service providers may decide to manufacture the optical subsystems incorporated into their network systems in-house instead of outsourcing such products to companies such as us. We also encounter potential customers that, because of existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to the products offered by our competitors.

 

We must continually develop successful new products and enhance existing products, and if we fail to do so or if our release of new or enhanced products is delayed, our business may be harmed.

 

The markets for our products are characterized by frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards, all with an underlying pressure to reduce cost and meet stringent reliability and qualification requirements. Our future performance will depend on our successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these challenges. If we are unable to make our new or enhanced products commercially available on a timely basis, we may lose existing and potential customers and our financial results would suffer.

 

In addition, due to the costs and length of research, development and manufacturing process cycles, we may not recognize revenue from new products until long after such expenditures, if at all, and our margins may decrease if our costs are higher than expected, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operation.

 

Although the length of our product development cycle varies widely by product and customer, it may take 18 months or longer before we receive our first order. As a result, we may incur significant expenses long before customers accept and purchase our products.

  

Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

 

 

 

 

 

modification of product specifications and customer requirements;

 

 

 

 

unanticipated engineering complexities;

 

 

 

 

difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and

 

 

 

 

rapidly changing technology or competitive product requirements.

 

 The introduction of new products by us or our competitors could result in a slowdown in demand for our existing products and could result in a write-down in the value of our inventory. We have in the past experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products and delays in new product development, and such delays will likely occur in the future. To the extent we experience product development delays for any reason or we fail to qualify our products and obtain their approval for use, which we refer to as a design win, our competitive position would be adversely affected and our ability to grow our revenue would be impaired.

 

15


 

Table of Contents

Furthermore, our ability to enter a market with new products in a timely manner can be critical to our success because it is difficult to displace an existing supplier for a particular type of product once a customer has chosen a supplier, even if a later-to-market product provides better performance or cost efficiency.

 

The development of new, technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring frequent innovation, highly-skilled engineering and development personnel and significant capital, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product introductions by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, license these technologies from third parties, or remain competitive in our markets.

 

We are subject to the cyclical nature of some of the markets in which we compete and any future downturn will likely reduce demand for our products and revenue.

 

In each of our target markets, including the CATV market, our sales depend on the aggregate capital expenditures of service providers as they build out and upgrade their network infrastructure. Some of these markets are highly cyclical and all are characterized by constant and rapid technological change, price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. In the past, these markets have experienced significant downturns, often connected with, or in anticipation of, the maturation of product cycles. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Our historical results of operations have been subject to these fluctuations, and we may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in our future results of operations. Any future downturn in any of the markets in which we compete could significantly reduce the demand for our products and therefore may result in a significant reduction in our revenue. Our revenue and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected in the future due to changes in demand from individual customers or changes in any of the markets utilizing our products. We may not be able to accurately predict these fluctuations and the impact of these fluctuations may have on our revenue and operating results.

  

If the CATV market does not continue to develop as we expect, or if there is any downturn in this market, our business would be adversely affected.

 

Historically, we have generated much of our revenue from the CATV market. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the CATV market represented 16.7%, 28.3% and 36.3% of our revenue, respectively. In the CATV market, we are relying on expected increasing demand for bandwidth-intensive services and applications such as on-demand television programs, high-definition television channels, or HDTV, social media, peer-to-peer file sharing and online video creation and viewing from network service providers. Without network and bandwidth growth, the need for our products will not increase and may decline, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations. Although demand for broadband access is increasing, network and bandwidth growth may be limited by several factors, including an uncertain regulatory environment, high infrastructure costs to purchase and install equipment and uncertainty as to which competing content delivery solution, such as telecommunications, wireless or satellite, will gain the most widespread acceptance. If the trend of outsourcing for the design and manufacture of CATV equipment does not continue, or continues at a slower pace than currently expected, our customers’ demand for our design and manufacturing services may not grow as quickly as expected. If expectations for the growth of the CATV market are not realized, our financial condition or results of operations will be adversely affected. In addition, if the CATV market is adversely impacted, whether due to competitive pressure from telecommunication service providers, regulatory changes, or otherwise, our business would be adversely affected. We may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue from the CATV market with revenue from new customers in other markets.

 

Increasing costs and shifts in product mix may adversely impact our gross margins.

 

Our gross margins on individual products and among products fluctuate over each product’s life cycle. Our overall gross margins have fluctuated from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, the introduction of new products, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce product costs, and these fluctuations are expected to continue in the future. We may not be able to accurately predict our product mix from period to period, and as a result we may not be able to forecast accurately our overall gross margins. The rate of increase in our costs and expenses may

16


 

Table of Contents

exceed the rate of increase in our revenue, either of which would materially and adversely affect our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

  

We have limited operating history in the FTTH market, and our business could be harmed if this market does not develop as we expect.

 

For 2016 and 2015, respectively, we generated 0.6%, and 1.3% of our revenue from the FTTH market. We have only recently begun offering products to the FTTH market, and our WDM-PON products designed for this market have not yet, and may never, gain widespread acceptance by large internet service providers. Our business in this market is dependent on the deployment of our optical components, modules and subassemblies. We are relying on increasing demand for bandwidth-intensive services and telecommunications service providers’ acceptance and deployment of WDM-PON as a technology supporting 1 Gbps service to the home. Without network and bandwidth growth and adoption of our solutions by operators in these markets, we will not be able to sell our products in these markets in high volume or at our targeted margins, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, WDM-PON technology may not be adopted by equipment and service providers in the FTTH market as rapidly as we expect or in the volumes we need to achieve acceptable margins. Network and bandwidth growth may be limited by several factors, including an uncertain regulatory environment, high infrastructure costs to purchase and install equipment and uncertainty as to which competing content delivery solution, such as CATV, will gain the most widespread acceptance. In addition, as we enter new markets or expand our product offerings in existing markets, our margins may be adversely affected due to competition in those markets and commoditization of competing products. If our expectations for the growth of these markets are not realized, our financial condition or results of operations will be adversely affected.

  

If we encounter manufacturing problems, we may lose sales and damage our customer relationships.

 

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations. These and other factors may cause less than acceptable yields at our wafer fabrication facility. Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the quality of available raw materials, the degradation or change in equipment calibration and the rate and timing of the introduction of new products. Changes in manufacturing processes required as a result of changes in product specifications, changing customer needs and the introduction of new product lines may significantly reduce our manufacturing yields, resulting in low or negative margins on those products. In addition, we use our Molecular Beam Epitaxy, or MBE, fabrication process to make our lasers, in addition to Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition, or MOCVD, the technique most commonly used in optical manufacturing by communications optics vendors, and our MBE fabrication process relies on custom-manufactured equipment. If our MBE or MOCVD fabrication facility in Sugar Land, Texas were to be damaged or destroyed for any reason, our manufacturing process would be severely disrupted. Any such manufacturing problems would likely delay product shipments to our customers, which would negatively affect our sales, competitive position and reputation. We may also experience delays in production, typically in February, during the Chinese New Year holiday when our facilities in China and Taiwan are closed.

 

Given the high fixed costs associated with our vertically integrated business, a reduction in demand for our products will likely adversely impact our gross profits and our results of operations.

 

We have a high fixed cost base due to our vertically integrated business model, including the fact that 2,171 of our employees as of December 31, 2016 were employed in manufacturing and research and development operations. We may not be able to adjust these fixed costs quickly to adapt to rapidly changing market conditions. Our gross profit and gross margin are greatly affected by our sales volume and volatility on a quarterly basis and the corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses. In addition, because we are a vertically integrated manufacturer, insufficient demand for our products may subject us to the risk of high inventory carrying costs and increased inventory obsolescence. Given our vertical integration, the rate at which we turn inventory has historically been low when compared to our cost of sales. We do not expect this to change significantly in the future and believe that we will have to maintain a relatively high level of inventory compared to our cost of sales. As a result, we continue to expect to have a significant amount of working capital invested in inventory. We may be required to write down inventory costs in the future and our high inventory costs may have an adverse effect on our gross profits and our results of operations. 

  

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.

17


 

Table of Contents

 

Our quarterly revenue and operating results have varied in the past and will likely continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including:

 

 

 

 

 

the timing, size and mix of sales of our products;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in demand for our products, including the increase, decrease, rescheduling or cancellation of significant customer orders;

 

 

 

 

our ability to design, manufacture and deliver products which meet customer requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner;

 

 

 

 

new product introductions and enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

 

 

 

the gain or loss of key customers;

 

 

 

 

the rate at which our present and potential customers and end users adopt our technologies;

 

 

 

 

changes in our pricing and sales policies or the pricing and sales policies of our competitors;

 

 

seasonality of certain of our products;

 

 

quality control or yield problems in our manufacturing operations;

 

 

 

 

supply disruption for certain raw materials and components used in our products;

 

 

 

 

capacity constraints of our outside contract manufacturers for a portion of the manufacturing process for some of our products;

 

 

 

 

length and variability of the sales cycles of our products;

 

 

 

 

unanticipated increases in costs or expenses;

 

 

 

 

the loss of key employees;

 

 

 

 

different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our customers, affecting the timing of their spending for our products;

 

 

 

 

political stability in the areas of the world in which we operate;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

 

 

 

changes in accounting rules;

 

 

 

 

the evolving and unpredictable nature of the markets for products incorporating our solutions; and

 

 

 

 

general economic conditions and changes in such conditions specific to our target markets.

  

The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially adversely affect our quarterly and annual operating results. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to our internal manufacturing, research and development, sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. For these reasons, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations as an indicator of future performance. Moreover, our operating results may not meet our announced guidance or the expectations of research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our

18


 

Table of Contents

common stock could decrease significantly. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully address these risks.

 

We depend on key personnel to develop and maintain our technology and manage our business in a rapidly changing market.

 

The continued services of our executive officers and other key engineering, sales, marketing, manufacturing and support personnel is essential to our success. For example, our ability to achieve new design wins depends upon the experience and expertise of our engineers. Any of our key employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Network Equipment Module Business Unit, Senior Vice President of Optical Module Division and Asia General Manager, may resign at any time. We do not have key person life insurance policies covering any of our employees. To implement our business plan, we also intend to hire additional employees, particularly in the areas of engineering, manufacturing and sales. Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled employees is a critical factor in our success. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense. We may not be successful in attracting, assimilating or retaining qualified personnel to satisfy our current or future needs. Our ability to develop, manufacture and sell our products, and thus our financial condition and results of operations, would be adversely affected if we are unable to retain existing personnel or hire additional qualified personnel.

  

We depend on a limited number of suppliers and any supply interruption could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials and components used in our products. Some of these suppliers could disrupt our business if they stop, decrease or delay shipments or if the materials or components they ship have quality or reliability issues. Some of the raw materials and components we use in our products are available only from a sole source or have been qualified only from a single supplier. Furthermore, other than our current suppliers, there are a limited number of entities from whom we could obtain certain materials and components. We may also face shortages if we experience increased demand for materials or components beyond what our qualified suppliers can deliver. Our inability to obtain sufficient quantities of critical materials or components could adversely affect our ability to meet demand for our products, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operation.

 

We typically have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers and, therefore, our suppliers could stop supplying materials and components to us at any time or fail to supply adequate quantities of materials or components to us on a timely basis. It is difficult, costly, time consuming and, on short notice, sometimes impossible for us to identify and qualify new suppliers. Our customers generally restrict our ability to change the components in our products. For more critical components, any changes may require repeating the entire qualification process. Our reliance on a limited number of suppliers or a single qualified vendor may result in delivery and quality problems, and reduced control over product pricing, reliability and performance.

 

We depend upon outside contract manufacturers for a portion of the manufacturing process for some of our products.

 

Almost all of our products are manufactured internally. However we also rely upon manufacturers in China, Taiwan and other Asia locations to provide back-end manufacturing and produce the finished portion of a few of our products. Our reliance on a contract manufacturer for these products makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields, manufacturing quality/controls and costs. If one of our contract manufacturers is unable to meet all of our customer demand in a timely fashion, this could have a material adverse effect on the revenue from our products. If the contract manufacturer for one of our products was unable or unwilling to manufacture such product in required volumes and at high quality levels or to continue our existing supply arrangement, we would have to identify, qualify and select an acceptable alternative contract manufacturer or move these manufacturing operations to our internal manufacturing facilities. An alternative contract manufacturer may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our quality or production requirements on commercially reasonable terms, including price. Any significant interruption in manufacturing our products would require us to reduce our supply of products to our customers, which in turn, would reduce our revenue, harm our relationships with the customer of these products and cause us to forego potential revenue opportunities.

  

Our products could contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs or result in a loss of customers.

19


 

Table of Contents

 

Our products are complex and undergo quality testing as well as formal qualification by our customers. Our customers’ testing procedures are limited to evaluating our products under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios and over varying amounts of time. For various reasons, such as the occurrence of performance problems that are unforeseeable in testing or that are detected only when products age or are operated under peak stress conditions, our products may fail to perform as expected long after customer acceptance. Failures could result from faulty components or design, problems in manufacturing or other unforeseen reasons. As a result, we could incur significant costs to repair or replace defective products under warranty, particularly when such failures occur in installed systems. Our products are typically embedded in, or deployed in conjunction with, our customers’ products, which incorporate a variety of components, modules and subsystems and may be expected to interoperate with modules produced by third parties. As a result, not all defects are immediately detectable and when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. While we have not experienced material failures in the past, we will continue to face this risk going forward because our products are widely deployed in many demanding environments and applications worldwide. In addition, we may in certain circumstances honor warranty claims after the warranty has expired or for problems not covered by warranty to maintain customer relationships. Any significant product failure could result in litigation, damages, repair costs and lost future sales of the affected product and other products, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relations problems, all of which would harm our business. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

 

We face a variety of risks associated with our international sales and operations.

 

We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from sales to international customers. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, 15.8%, 19.0% and 29.5% of our revenue was derived from sales that occurred outside of North America, respectively. In addition, a significant portion of our manufacturing operations is based in Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan. Our international revenue and operations are subject to a number of material risks, including:

 

 

 

 

 

difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in more than one country;

 

 

 

 

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;

 

 

 

 

fewer legal protections for intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions;

 

 

 

 

foreign and U.S. taxation issues and international trade barriers;

 

 

 

 

difficulties in obtaining any necessary governmental authorizations for the export of our products to certain foreign jurisdictions;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in foreign economies;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

 

 

 

 

trade and travel restrictions;

 

 

 

 

domestic and international economic or political changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we currently operate or may operate in the future;

 

 

 

 

difficulties and increased expenses in complying with a variety of U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and trade standards, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and

 

 

 

 

different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.

 

  

Negative developments in any of these factors in China or Taiwan or other countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, difficulties in producing and delivering

20


 

Table of Contents

our products, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business. Although we maintain certain compliance programs throughout the company, violations of U.S. and foreign laws and regulations may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including material monetary fines, penalties and other costs against us or our employees, and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our business operations conducted in China and Taiwan are important to our success. A substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment is located in China and Taiwan. We expect to make further investments in China and Taiwan in the future. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China and Taiwan. Factors affecting military, political or economic conditions in China and Taiwan could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the market price and the liquidity of our common shares.

 

In some instances, we rely on third parties to assist in selling our products, and the failure of those parties to perform as expected could reduce our future revenue.

 

Although we primarily sell our products through direct sales, we also sell our products to some of our customers through third party sales representatives and distributors. Many of such third parties also market and sell products from our competitors. Our third party sales representatives and distributors may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third party sales representatives and distributors that will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our products. If our current third party sales representatives and distributors fail to perform as expected, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.

 

Failure to manage our growth effectively may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Successful implementation of our business plan in our target markets requires effective planning and management. Our production volumes are increasing significantly and we have announced plans to increase our production capacity in response to demand for our products, adding both personnel as well as expanding our physical manufacturing facilities. We currently operate facilities in Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China, Taipei, Taiwan, and Duluth, Georgia. We currently manufacture our lasers using a proprietary process and customized equipment located only in our Sugar Land, Texas facility, and it will be costly to duplicate that facility, to scale our laser manufacturing capacity or to mitigate the risks associated with operating a single facility. The challenges of managing our geographically dispersed operations have increased and will continue to increase the demand on our management systems and resources. Moreover, we are continuing to improve our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and procedures. Any failure to manage our expansion and the resulting demands on our management systems and resources effectively may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our loan agreements contain restrictive covenants that may adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including loan agreements with East West Bank and Comerica Bank in the U.S., and our Taiwan location and China subsidiary have several lines of credit arrangements. Our loan agreements governing our long-term debt obligations in the U.S. contain certain financial and operating covenants that limit our management’s discretion with respect to certain business matters. Among other things, these covenants require us to maintain certain financial ratios and restrict our ability to incur additional debt, create liens or other encumbrances, change the nature of our business, pay dividends, sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with other entities. These restrictions may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic or industry conditions. Any failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with these agreements could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, our obligations under our loan agreements with East West Bank and Comerica Bank are secured by substantially all of our U.S. assets. A breach of any of covenants under our loan agreements, or a failure to pay interest or indebtedness when due under any of our credit facilities, could result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our indebtedness.

  

We may not be able to obtain additional capital when desired, on favorable terms or at all.

 

We operate in a market that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate and, to remain competitive, we will be required to make continued investments in capital equipment, facilities and technological improvements. We expect that substantial capital will be required to expand our manufacturing capacity and fund working capital for anticipated

21


 

Table of Contents

growth. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs, we may need additional financing to implement our business strategy, which includes:

 

 

 

 

 

expansion of research and development;

 

expansion of manufacturing capabilities;

 

hiring of additional technical, sales and other personnel; and

 

acquisitions of complementary businesses.

 

 

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of our common stock or convertible securities, the ownership interests of our stockholders could be significantly diluted. These newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. Additional financing may not, however, be available on terms favorable to us, or at all, if and when needed, and our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our infrastructure or respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. If we cannot raise required capital when needed, including under our Registration Statement filed with the SEC in October 2016, we may be unable to meet the demands of existing and prospective customers, adversely affecting our sales and market opportunities and consequently our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Future acquisitions may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of companies that we believe could enhance or complement our current product portfolio, augment our technology roadmap or diversify our revenue base. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

 

 

 

 

difficulties integrating the acquired business;

 

unanticipated costs, capital expenditures or liabilities or changes related to research in progress and product development;

 

diversion of financial and management resources from our existing business;

 

difficulties integrating the business relationships with suppliers and customers of the acquired business with our existing business relationships;

 

risks associated with entering markets in which we have little or no prior experience; and

 

potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired organizations.

 

Acquisitions may also result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets subject to potential impairment in the future, adversely affecting our operating results. We may not achieve the anticipated benefits of an acquisition if we fail to evaluate it properly, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. A failure to evaluate and execute an acquisition appropriately or otherwise adequately address these risks may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to disruptions or failures in information technology systems and network infrastructures that could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems and network infrastructures to operate our business. A disruption, infiltration or failure of our information technology systems as a result of software or hardware malfunctions, system implementations or upgrades, computer viruses, third-party security breaches, employee error, theft or misuse, malfeasance, power disruptions, natural disasters or accidents could cause a breach of data security, loss of intellectual property and critical data and the release and misappropriation of sensitive competitive information and partner, customer, and employee personal data. Any of these events could harm our competitive position, result in a loss of customer confidence, cause us to incur significant costs to remedy any damages and ultimately materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Our future results of operations may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

We have significant foreign currency exposure, and are affected by fluctuations among the U.S. dollar, the Chinese renminbi, or RMB, and the New Taiwan dollar, or NT dollar, because a substantial portion of our business is

22


 

Table of Contents

conducted in China and Taiwan. Our sales, raw materials, components and capital expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars, RMB and NT dollars in varying amounts.

  

Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our revenue and our costs and expenses, and hence our results of operations. The value of the NT dollar or the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and be affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. The RMB currency is no longer being pegged solely to the value of the U.S. dollar. In the long term, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar, depending upon the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or it may be permitted to enter into a full float, which may also result in a significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. In addition, our currency exchange variations may be magnified by Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

 

Our sales in Europe are denominated in U.S. dollars and fluctuations in the Euro or our customers’ other local currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may impact our customers and affect our financial performance. If our customers’ local currencies weaken against the U.S. dollar, we may need to lower our prices to remain competitive in our international markets which could have a material adverse effect on our margins. If our customers’ local currencies strengthen against the U.S. dollar and if the local sales prices cannot be raised due to competitive pressures, we will experience a deterioration of our margins.

 

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure.

 

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events could harm our operations.

 

Our operations in the U.S., China and Taiwan could be subject to significant risk of natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, typhoons, flooding and tornadoes, as well as other catastrophic events, such as epidemics, terrorist attacks or wars. For example, our corporate headquarters and wafer fabrication facility in Sugar Land, Texas, is located near the Gulf of Mexico, an area that is susceptible to hurricanes. We use a proprietary MBE laser manufacturing process that requires customized equipment, and this process is currently conducted and located solely at our wafer fabrication facility in Sugar Land, Texas, such that a natural disaster, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event that affects that facility would materially harm our operations. In addition, our manufacturing facility in Taipei, Taiwan, is susceptible to typhoons and earthquakes, and our manufacturing facility in Ningbo, China, has from time to time, suffered electrical outages. Any disruption in our manufacturing facilities arising from these and other natural disasters or other catastrophic events could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products until we are able to shift production to different facilities or arrange for third parties to manufacture our products. We may not be able to obtain alternate capacity on favorable terms or at all. Our property insurance coverage with respect to natural disaster is limited and is subject to deductible and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate or continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. The occurrence of any of these circumstances may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.

 

Our business could be negatively impacted as a result of shareholder activism.

In recent years, shareholder activists have become involved in numerous public companies. Shareholder activists frequently propose to involve themselves in the governance, strategic direction, and operations of the company. We may in the future become subject to such shareholder activity and demands. Such demands may disrupt our business and divert the attention of our management and employees, and any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction resulting from such a situation could result in the loss of potential business opportunities, be exploited by our competitors, cause concern to our current or potential customers, and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners, all of which could adversely affect our business. In addition, actions of activist shareholders may cause significant fluctuations in our stock price based on temporary or speculative market perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily reflect the underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business.

 

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations could be materially harmed.

 

23


 

Table of Contents

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We have applied for patent registrations in the U.S. and in other foreign countries, some of which have been issued. In addition, we have registered certain trademarks in the U.S. We cannot guarantee that our pending applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, our existing and future patents and trademarks may not be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary rights or may be held invalid or unenforceable in court. A failure to obtain patents or trademark registrations or a successful challenge to our registrations in the U.S. or other foreign countries may limit our ability to protect the intellectual property rights that these applications and registrations intended to cover.

 

Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation, unauthorized use or other infringement of our intellectual property rights. Further, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights from misappropriation or other infringement in foreign countries where we have not applied for patent protections, and where effective patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws may be unavailable, or may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as U.S. law. We may seek to secure comparable intellectual property protections in other countries. However, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in other countries may not be comparable to that afforded in the U.S.

  

We also attempt to protect our intellectual property, including our trade secrets and know-how, through the use of trade secret and other intellectual property laws, and contractual provisions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and independent consultants. We also use non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information. Such measures, however, provide only limited protection, and there can be no assurance that our confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, especially after our employees end their employment, and that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse engineer our products or portions of our products, otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, or may independently develop similar or equivalent trade secrets or know-how. If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, or if such intellectual property and proprietary rights are infringed or misappropriated, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially harmed.

  

In the future, we may need to take legal actions to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property or from otherwise gaining access to our technology. Protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and determining their validity and scope could result in significant litigation costs and require significant time and attention from our technical and management personnel, which could significantly harm our business. We may not prevail in such proceedings, and an adverse outcome may adversely impact our competitive advantage or otherwise harm our financial condition and our business.

 

We may be involved in intellectual property disputes in the future, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from selling or using the challenged technology.

 

Participants in the markets in which we sell our products have experienced frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. While we have a policy in place that is designed to reduce the risk of infringement of intellectual property rights of others and we have conducted a limited review of other companies’ relevant patents, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us. We cannot be certain that our products would not be found infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can be time consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. Intellectual property claims against us could force us to do one or more of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

stop manufacturing, selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged intellectual property;

 

pay substantial monetary damages; or

 

expend significant resources to redesign the products that use the technology and to develop non-infringing technology.

 

24


 

Table of Contents

Any of these actions could result in a substantial reduction in our revenue and could result in losses over an extended period of time.

 

In any potential intellectual property dispute, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Because we often indemnify our customers for intellectual property claims made against them with respect to our products, any claims against our customers could trigger indemnification claims against us. These obligations could result in substantial expenses such as legal expenses, damages for past infringement or royalties for future use. Any indemnity claim could also adversely affect our relationships with our customers and result in substantial costs to us.

 

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others that are necessary to operate our business, and to protect their intellectual property, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

From time to time we may choose to or be required to license technology or intellectual property from third parties in connection with the development of our products. We cannot assure you that third party licenses will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations. Our inability to obtain a necessary third party license required for our product offerings or to develop new products and product enhancements could require us to substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards, or of greater cost, either of which could adversely affect our business. If we are not able to obtain licenses from third parties, if necessary, then we may also be subject to litigation to defend against infringement claims from these third parties. Our competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

  

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

 

Preparing our consolidated financial statements involves a number of complex manual and automated processes, which are dependent upon individual data input or review and require significant management judgment. One or more of these elements may result in errors that may not be detected and could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that as a publicly-traded company we disclose whether our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures are effective. In addition, for so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, which may be up to five years following our initial public offering in September 2013, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. During the course of any evaluation, documentation or attestation, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify weaknesses and deficiencies that we may not otherwise identify in a timely manner or at all as a result of the deferred implementation of this additional level of review.

  

We have implemented internal controls that we believe provide reasonable assurance that we will be able to avoid accounting errors or material weaknesses in future periods. However, our internal controls cannot guarantee that no accounting errors exist or that all accounting errors, no matter how immaterial, will be detected because a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, but not absolute assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely impacted. This could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock by NASDAQ, or other material adverse effects on our business, reputation, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

 

As of December 31, 2016, we had U.S. accumulated net operating losses, or NOLs, of approximately $37.7 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs, R&D credits and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% change in equity ownership by value over a 3-year period. Based upon an analysis of our equity ownership, we believe that we have experienced ownership changes and therefore our annual utilization of our

25


 

Table of Contents

NOLs is limited. In addition, should we experience additional ownership changes, our NOL carry forwards may be further limited.

 

Changes in our effective tax rate may adversely affect our results of operation and our business.

 

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and other foreign jurisdictions, including China and Taiwan. In addition, we are subject to various state taxes in states where we have nexus. We base our tax position on the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and our understanding of the tax laws of the countries and states in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position may be reviewed or challenged by tax authorities. Moreover, the tax laws currently in effect may change, and such changes may have retroactive effect. We have inter-company arrangements in place providing for administrative and financing services and transfer pricing, which involve a significant degree of judgment and are often subject to close review by tax authorities. The tax authorities may challenge our positions related to these agreements. If the tax authorities successfully challenge our positions, our effective tax rate may increase, adversely affecting our results of operation and our business.

 

Our manufacturing operations are subject to environmental regulation that could limit our growth or impose substantial costs, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our properties, operations and products are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate and sell products. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the management and disposal of hazardous materials, the contamination of soil and groundwater, employee health and safety and the content, performance, packaging and disposal of products. Our failure to comply with current and future environmental laws and regulations, or the identification of contamination for which we are liable, could subject us to substantial costs, including fines, clean-up costs, third-party property damages or personal injury claims, and make significant investments to upgrade our facilities or curtail our operations. Liability under environmental, health and safety laws can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. For example, pursuant to environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, we may be liable for the full amount of any remediation-related costs at properties we currently own or formerly owned, such as our currently owned Sugar Land, Texas facility, or at properties at which we operated, as well as at properties we will own or operate in the future, and properties to which we have sent hazardous substances, whether or not we caused the contamination. Identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by a governmental authority, enactment of more stringent legal requirements or other unanticipated events could give rise to adverse publicity, restrict our operations, affect the design or marketability of our products or otherwise cause us to incur material environmental costs, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

  

We are exposed to risks and increased expenses and business risk as a result of Restriction on Hazardous Substances, or RoHS directives.

 

Following the lead of the European Union, or EU, various governmental agencies have either already put into place or are planning to introduce regulations that regulate the permissible levels of hazardous substances in products sold in various regions of the world. For example, the RoHS directive for EU took effect on July 1, 2006. The labeling provisions of similar legislation in China went into effect on March 1, 2007. Consequently, many suppliers of products sold into the EU have required their suppliers to be compliant with the new directive. Many of our customers have adopted this approach and have required our full compliance. Though we have devoted a significant amount of resources and effort in planning and executing our RoHS program, it is possible that some of our products might be incompatible with such regulations. In such events, we could experience the following consequences: loss of revenue, damages reputation, diversion of resources, monetary penalties, and legal action.

  

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

 

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In addition, we are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent our transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Foreign companies, including some that may compete with us, may not be subject to these prohibitions, and therefore may have a competitive advantage over us. If we are not successful in

26


 

Table of Contents

implementing and maintaining adequate preventative measures, we may be responsible for acts of our employees or other agents engaging in such conduct. We could suffer severe penalties and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

 

We are subject to export and import control laws, trade regulations and other trade requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we sell our products. Specifically, the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce is responsible for regulating the export of most commercial items that are so called dual-use goods that may have both commercial and military applications. A limited number of our products are exported by license under the Export Control Classification Number, or ECCN, of 5A991. Export Control Classification requirements are dependent upon an item’s technical characteristics, the destination, the end-use, and the end-user, and other activities of the end-user. Should the regulations applicable to our products change, or the restrictions applicable to countries to which we ship our products change, then the export of our products to such countries could be restricted. As a result, our ability to export or sell our products to certain countries could be restricted, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in our products or any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in delayed or decreased sales of our products to existing or potential customers. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Rapidly changing standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our revenue and results of operations to suffer.

 

We design our products to conform to regulations established by governments and to standards set by industry standards bodies worldwide, such as the American National Standards Institute, the European Telecommunications Standards Institute, the International Telecommunications Union and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. Various industry organizations are currently considering whether and to what extent to create standards applicable to our products. Because certain of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we would have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or the industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our revenue and results of operations would suffer. 

 

Compliance with regulations related to conflict minerals could increase costs and affect the manufacturing and sale of our products.

 

Public companies are required to disclose the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold (collectively, “conflict minerals”) mined from the Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries (the “covered countries”) if a conflict mineral(s) is necessary to the functionality of a product manufactured, or contracted to be manufactured, by the company. We filed our initial conflict minerals report on Form SD on May 31, 2016. We may determine, as part of our compliance efforts, that certain products or components we obtain from our suppliers contain conflict minerals. If we are unable to conclude that all our products are free from conflict minerals originating from covered countries, this could have a negative impact on our business, reputation and/or results of operations. We may also encounter challenges to satisfy customers who require that our products be certified as conflict free, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage if we are unable to substantiate such a claim. Compliance with these rules could also affect the sourcing and availability of some of the minerals used in the manufacture of products or components we obtain from our suppliers, including our ability to obtain products or components in sufficient quantities and/or at competitive prices. Certain of our customers are requiring additional information from us regarding the origin of our raw materials, and complying with these customer requirements may cause us to incur additional costs, such as costs related to determining the origin of any minerals used in our products. Our supply chain is complex and we may be unable to verify the origins for all metals used in our products. We may also encounter challenges with our customers and stockholders if we are unable to certify that our products are conflict free.

 

Some provisions of our named executive officers’ agreements regarding change of control or separation of service contain obligations for us to make separation payments to them upon their termination.

27


 

Table of Contents

 

Certain provisions contained in our employment agreements with our named executive officers regarding change of control or separation of service may obligate us to make lump sum severance payments and related payments upon the termination of their employment with us, other than such executive officer’s resignation without good reason or our termination of their employment as a result of their disability or for cause. In the event we are required to make these separation payments, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the fiscal period in which such payments are made.

 

  

Risks Related to Our Operations in China

 

Our business operations conducted in China are critical to our success. A total of $57.4 million, $20.6 million and $22.0 million or 22.0%, 11.0% and 16.9%, of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was attributable to our product manufacturing plants in China, respectively. Additionally, a substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment, 23% and 22% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, was located in China, respectively. We expect to make further investments in China in the foreseeable future. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are to a significant degree subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China.

 

Adverse changes in economic and political policies in China, or Chinese laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on business conditions and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

 

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth by way of the allocation of resources, control over foreign currency-denominated obligations and monetary policy and provision of preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

In addition, the laws, regulations and legal requirements in China, including the laws that apply to foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, are subject to frequent changes. The interpretation and enforcement of such laws is uncertain. Protections of intellectual property rights and confidentiality in China may not be as effective as in the U.S. or other countries or regions with more developed legal systems. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Any adverse changes to these laws, regulations and legal requirements or their interpretation or enforcement could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Furthermore, while China’s economy has experienced rapid growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions, among various economic sectors and over time. China has also in the past and may in the future experience economic downturns due to, for example, government austerity measures, changes in government policies relating to capital spending, limitations placed on the ability of commercial banks to make loans, reduced levels of exports and international trade, inflation, lack of financial liquidity, stock market volatility and global economic conditions. Any of these developments could contribute to a decline in business and consumer spending in addition to other adverse market conditions, which could adversely affect our business.

  

The termination and expiration or unavailability of our preferential tax treatments in China may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

Prior to January 1, 2008, entities established in China were generally subject to a 30% state and 3% local enterprise income tax rate. In accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises, effective through December 31, 2007, our China subsidiary enjoyed preferential income tax rates. Effective January 1, 2008, the China Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT law, imposes a single uniform income tax rate of 25% on all Chinese enterprises, including FIEs, and eliminates or modifies most of the tax exemptions, reductions and preferential treatment available under the previous tax laws and regulations. As a result, our China subsidiary may be subject to the uniform income tax rate of 25% unless we are able to qualify for preferential status. Currently, we have qualified for a preferential 15% tax rate that is available for state-encouraged new high technology enterprises. The preferential rate has applied to calendar years 2012 through 2016. We have not yet realized any benefit from the 10%

28


 

Table of Contents

reduction in income tax rate due to losses incurred by our China subsidiary; however, if we fail to continue to qualify for this preferential rate in the future, we may incur higher tax rates on our income in China. In order to retain the preferential tax rate, we must meet certain operating conditions, satisfy certain product requirements, meet certain headcount requirements and maintain certain levels of research expenditures. We applied for an additional three years of preferential status with the Chinese government in 2014 and received approval as a high-technology enterprise through September 2017. Any future increase in the enterprise income tax rate applicable to us or the expiration or other limitation of preferential tax rates available to us could increase our tax liabilities and reduce our net income.

 

The turnover of direct labor in manufacturing industries in China is high, which could adversely affect our production, shipments and results of operations.

 

Employee turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector in China is high and retention of such personnel is a challenge to companies located in or with operations in China. Although direct labor costs do not represent a high proportion of our overall manufacturing costs, direct labor is required for the manufacture of our products. If our direct labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage our direct labor turnover rates, then our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

 

China regulation of loans to and direct investment by offshore holding companies in China entities may delay or prevent us from making loans or additional capital contributions to our China subsidiary.

 

Any loans that we wish to make to our China subsidiary are subject to China regulations and approvals. For example, any loans to our China subsidiary to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits, must be registered with State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterpart, and must be approved by the relevant government authorities. Any capital contributions to our China subsidiary must be approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. In addition, under Circular 142, our China subsidiary, as a FIE, may not be able to convert our capital contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

  

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to our future loans or capital contributions to our China subsidiary. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to capitalize our China subsidiary may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.

 

Our China subsidiary is subject to Chinese labor laws and regulations and Chinese labor laws may increase our operating costs in China.

 

The China Labor Contract Law, together with its implementing rules, provides increased rights to Chinese employees. Previously, an employer had discretionary power in deciding the probation period, not to exceed six months. Additionally, the employment contract could only be terminated for cause. Under these rules, the probation period varies depending on contract terms and the employment contract can only be terminated during the probation period for cause upon three days’ notice. Additionally, an employer may not be able to terminate a contract during the probation period on the grounds of a material change of circumstances or a mass layoff. The law also has specific provisions on conditions when an employer has to sign an employment contract with open-ended terms. If an employer fails to enter into an open-ended contract in certain circumstances, the employer must pay the employee twice their monthly wage beginning from the time the employer should have executed an open-ended contract. Additionally, an employer must pay severance for nearly all terminations, including when an employer decides not to renew a fixed-term contract. These laws may increase our costs and reduce our flexibility.

 

An increase in our labor costs in China may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

 

A significant portion of our workforce is located in China. Labor costs in China have been increasing recently due to labor unrest, strikes and changes in employment laws. If labor costs in China continue to increase, our costs will increase. If we are not able to pass these increases on to our customers, our business, profitability and results of operations may be adversely affected.

  

We may have difficulty establishing and maintaining adequate management and financial controls over our China operations.

29


 

Table of Contents

 

Businesses in China have historically not adopted a western style of management and financial reporting concepts and practices, which includes strong corporate governance, internal controls and computer, financial and other control systems. Moreover, familiarity with U.S. GAAP principles and reporting procedures is less common in China. As a consequence, we may have difficulty finding accounting personnel experienced with U.S. GAAP, and we may have difficulty training and integrating our China-based accounting staff with our U.S.-based finance organization. As a result of these factors, we may experience difficulty in establishing management and financial controls over our China operations. These difficulties include collecting financial data and preparing financial statements, books of account and corporate records and instituting business practices that meet U.S. public-company reporting requirements. We may, in turn, experience difficulties in implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

Our stock price has been and is likely to be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors described in this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us.

 

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

  

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may become the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

We have incurred and will continue to incur significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

 

We face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company, and greater expenditures may be necessary in the future with the advent of new laws, regulations and stock exchange listing requirements pertaining to public companies. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the NASDAQ Global Market, impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. Compliance with public company requirements has increased our costs and made some activities more time-consuming. For example, we have created board committees and adopted internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will have incurred and will continue to incur additional expenses associated with our SEC reporting requirements. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our auditors identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase our costs.

 

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

 

We currently do not plan to declare or pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with East West Bank and Comerica Bank restrict our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on any shares of our common stock that you may

30


 

Table of Contents

acquire will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock in the market will ever exceed the price that you pay.

  

Our charter documents, stock incentive plans and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws and our stock incentive plans contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

 

 

 

 

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

 

 

 

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

 

 

 

authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock rights senior to those of common stock;

 

 

 

 

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

 

 

 

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;

 

 

 

 

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals; and

 

 

 

 

change of control provisions in our stock incentive plans, and the individual stock option agreements, which provide that a change of control may accelerate the vesting of the stock options issued under such plans.

 

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding common stock, from engaging in certain business combinations without the approval of substantially all of our stockholders for a certain period of time.

 

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the market price being lower than it would be without these provisions.

 

If research analysts do not publish research about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock depends on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more research analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

  

As an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, we utilize certain modified disclosure requirements, and we cannot be certain if these reduced requirements will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act. We have in this Annual Report on Form 10-K utilized, and we plan in future filings with the SEC to continue to utilize, the modified disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, including reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and an exemption from the requirement that outside auditors

31


 

Table of Contents

attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to utilize this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards as they become applicable to public companies.

 

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years after our initial public offering, which was consummated in September 2013, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

 

Item 1B.      Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 2.         Properties

 

We maintain manufacturing, research and development, sales and administrative offices in the U.S., China and Taiwan. Our corporate headquarters is located at our facility in Sugar Land, Texas. The table below provides information regarding our facilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Owned or Lease

    

Approximate

    

 

 

Location

 

Expiration Date

 

Square Footage

 

Use

 

Sugar Land,   Texas

 

Owned (1)

 

139,450

 

Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development

 

Duluth, Georgia

 

November 30, 2018 (2)

 

2,983

 

Research and development

 

Ningbo, China

 

Owned (3)

 

458,849

 

Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development

 

Taipei, Taiwan

 

May 31, 2029 (4)

 

268,797

 

Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development

 


(1)

The property is subject to a mortgage in favor of East West Bank and Comerica bank, securing our long-term debt obligations. In May 2016, we completed the expansion of our laser fabrication facilities and office space in Sugar Land, Texas that added 115,600 square feet of additional space to our original facility. 

 

(2)

We relocated our research and development office from a temporary location to the office in Duluth, Georgia at the end of February 2016.  The lease covering the Georgia office commenced on December 1, 2015 and expires on November 30, 2018.

 

(3)

Our China subsidiary acquired the land use rights to the real property on which our new facility is located from the Chinese government. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054. Our China subsidiary owns the facility located on the property.

 

(4)

Our Taiwan subsidiary relocated its entire operation to this new facility in November 2014. Lease covering the new facility commenced on June 1, 2014 and expires on May 31, 2029.

 

Item 3.         Legal Proceedings

 

We anticipate that we will from time to time be subject to various claims and legal actions during the ordinary course of our business. We are not aware of any material claims or legal actions to which we, our properties or our officers or directors are subject.

32


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 4.         Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not Applicable.

33


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.         Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

On September 26, 2013, our common stock began to trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AAOI”. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. As of March 6, 2017 there were 54 holders of record of our common stock (not including beneficial holders of our common stock holder in street name). The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Low

    

High

 

Fiscal Year 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

8.38

 

$

14.08

 

Second Quarter

 

$

13.02

 

$

19.20

 

Third Quarter

 

$

16.05

 

$

22.51

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

16.11

 

$

21.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

12.36

 

$

18.33

 

Second Quarter

 

$

8.49

 

$

16.25

 

Third Quarter

 

$

10.60

 

$

22.21

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

19.15

 

$

26.63

 

 

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) on September 26, 2013 (the first trading day of our common stock) in (i) our common stock, (ii) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (iii) the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance. The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing, except to the extent that we specifically state that such graph and related information are incorporated by reference into such filing.

 

PICTURE 1

 

34


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERCENT   CHANGE

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

NASDAQ 

    

 

NASDAQ 

 

 

Date

 

AAOI

 

 

Telecom

 

 

Composite

 

 

9/26/2013

 

100.00

%  

 

100.00

%  

 

100.00

%

 

9/30/2013

 

100.40

%  

 

99.42

%  

 

99.58

%

 

12/31/2013

 

150.70

%  

 

102.48

%  

 

110.28

%

 

3/31/2014

 

247.69

%  

 

102.84

%  

 

110.87

%

 

6/30/2014

 

232.93

%  

 

107.30

%  

 

116.39

%

 

9/30/2014

 

161.65

%  

 

106.44

%  

 

118.64

%

 

12/31/2014

 

112.65

%  

 

111.61

%  

 

125.05

%

 

3/31/2015

 

139.36

%  

 

110.59

%  

 

129.40

%

 

6/30/2015

 

174.30

%  

 

109.10

%  

 

131.67

%

 

9/30/2015

 

188.55

%  

 

100.38

%  

 

121.99

%

 

12/31/2015

 

172.29

%  

 

103.25

%  

 

132.21

%

 

3/31/2016

 

149.70

%  

 

106.99

%  

 

128.58

%

 

6/30/2016

 

111.95

%  

 

108.00

%  

 

127.86

%

 

9/30/2016

 

222.99

%  

 

118.35

%  

 

140.25

%

 

12/31/2016

 

235.34

%  

 

118.59

%  

 

142.13

%

 

 

For equity compensation plan information refer to Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, terms of financing arrangements, applicable Delaware law, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, the terms of our loan agreements governing our long-term debt obligations restricts us from paying dividends.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

35


 

Table of Contents

Item 6.         Selected Financial Data

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 from our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that have previously been filed with the SEC. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Revenue

 

$

260,713

 

$

189,903

 

$

130,449

 

$

78,424

 

$

63,421

 

Cost of goods sold (1)

 

 

173,759

 

 

129,450

 

 

86,203

 

 

55,396

 

 

44,492

 

Gross profit

 

 

86,954

 

 

60,453

 

 

44,246

 

 

23,028

 

 

18,929

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development (1)

 

 

31,780

 

 

20,852

 

 

15,970

 

 

8,512

 

 

7,603

 

Sales and marketing (1)

 

 

6,627

 

 

6,381

 

 

6,043

 

 

4,191

 

 

3,135

 

General and administrative (1)

 

 

25,527

 

 

19,771

 

 

17,095

 

 

10,632

 

 

8,012

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

63,934

 

 

47,004

 

 

39,108

 

 

23,335

 

 

18,750

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

 

23,020

 

 

13,449

 

 

5,138

 

 

(307)

 

 

179

 

Interest and other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

247

 

 

328

 

 

369

 

 

104

 

 

26

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,717)

 

 

(1,018)

 

 

(326)

 

 

(1,125)

 

 

(1,381)

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(547)

 

 

(1,591)

 

 

(699)

 

 

(78)

 

 

231

 

Total interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

(2,017)

 

 

(2,281)

 

 

(656)

 

 

(1,099)

 

 

(1,124)

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

21,003

 

 

11,168

 

 

4,482

 

 

(1,406)

 

 

(945)

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

10,231

 

 

(375)

 

 

(199)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

$

31,234

 

$

10,793

 

$

4,283

 

$

(1,406)

 

$

(945)

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.82

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.30

 

$

(0.14)

 

$

(3.56)

 

Diluted

 

$

1.76

 

$

0.65

 

$

0.28

 

$

(0.14)

 

$

(3.56)

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

17,201,731

 

 

15,626,753

 

 

14,307,477

 

 

9,964,955

 

 

265,576

 

Diluted

 

 

17,712,928

 

 

16,532,850

 

 

15,186,961

 

 

9,964,955

 

 

265,576

 


(1)

These expenses include share-based compensation expense. Share-based compensation expense is accounted for at fair value, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for stock options and at the fair market value based on quoted market prices of the Company’s stock as of the grant date for restricted stock units and restricted stock awards. Share-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the awards and was included in cost of goods sold and operating expenses as follows:

 

36


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

190

 

$

70

 

$

88

 

Research and development

 

 

591

 

 

230

 

 

115

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

357

 

 

217

 

 

98

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,695

 

 

1,603

 

 

1,760

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

3,833

 

$

2,120

 

$

2,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash, restricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

$

52,008

 

$

40,679

 

$

40,873

 

$

30,751

 

$

11,226

 

Working capital (1)

 

 

97,579

 

 

79,848

 

 

64,638

 

 

38,879

 

 

13,669

 

Total assets

 

 

322,318

 

 

273,475

 

 

183,670

 

 

111,057

 

 

65,748

 

Total debt (2)

 

 

43,133

 

 

67,903

 

 

29,919

 

 

28,455

 

 

24,584

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

105,367

 

Common stock and additional paid-in-capital

 

 

265,282

 

 

233,353

 

 

192,127

 

 

144,036

 

 

5,542

 

Total deficit

 

$

(37,013)

 

$

(68,247)

 

$

(79,040)

 

$

(83,323)

 

$

(81,917)

 


(1)

Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities.

(2)

Total debt is defined as short-term loans, notes payable, bank acceptance payable and total long-term debt.

 

37


 

Table of Contents

Item 7.         Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.”

 

Overview

 

We are a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products. We target four networking end-markets: internet data centers, CATV, FTTH, and telecom. We design and manufacture a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment. In designing products for our customers, we begin with the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, and such products differ from each other by their end market, intended use and level of integration. We are primarily focused on the higher-performance segments within the internet data center, CATV, FTTH, and telecom markets which increasingly demand faster connectivity and innovation. Our vertically integrated manufacturing model provides us several advantages, including rapid product development, fast response times to customer requests and control over product quality and manufacturing costs.

 

The four end markets we target are all driven by significant bandwidth demand fueled by the growth of network-connected devices, video traffic, cloud computing and online social networking. Within the internet data center market, we benefit from the increasing use of higher-capacity optical networking technology as a replacement for copper cables, particularly as speeds reach 10 Gbps and above, as well as the movement to open internet data center architectures and the increasing use of in-house equipment design among leading internet companies. Within the CATV market, we benefit from a number of ongoing trends including the global build-out of CATV infrastructure, the move to higher bandwidth networks among CATV service providers and the outsourcing of system design among CATV networking equipment companies. In the FTTH market, we benefit from continuing PON deployments and system upgrades among telecommunication service providers.  In the telecom market, we benefit from deployment of new high-speed fiber-optic networks by telecom network operators.

 

We sell our products to leading original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, in the CATV and FTTH markets as well as internet data center operators. In 2016, we earned 16.7% of our total revenue from the CATV market, and 77.2% of our total revenue from the data center market. In 2016, our key customers in the CATV market included Cisco and Arris In 2016, 2015 and 2014, Cisco accounted for 5.4%, 10.4%, and 8.9%, respectively, of our revenue and Arris accounted for 5.8%, 4.5% and 4.5%, respectively, of our revenue. In 2016, our key customers in the internet data center market included Amazon and Microsoft. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, Amazon accounted for 54.6%, 52.5% and 45.8% of our revenue, respectively, and Microsoft accounted for 18.3%, 11.6% and 3.6% of our revenue, respectively. In 2016, revenue from the internet data center market, CATV market, FTTH market and telecom markets provided 77.2%, 16.7%,  0.6%, and 5.0% of our revenue, respectively, compared to 64.9%, 28.3%, 1.3%, and 5.1% of our 2015 revenue, respectively.

 

In 2016, our revenue growth of 37.3% over the prior-year was driven primarily by demand for our 40Gbps and 100 Gbps data center transceiver products, as large data center operators continued deployment of high capacity optical interconnect networks within their data centers.  Also significant in our results for the year was the increase in orders from our customers for CATV equipment and modules that meet the new DOCSIS 3.1 cable-internet standard.  We believe that the increase in these orders is being driven by network upgrades mainly by CATV service providers in North America.

 

We expect continued sales of our 40 Gbps and 100 Gbps products in 2017, and we expect that sales of 100Gbps products will eventually exceed sales of 40 Gbps products. Thus, quarter-to-quarter results may show considerable variability as is usual in a period of technology transition.  Similar to revenue, our gross margins can fluctuate materially

38


 

Table of Contents

depending on a variety of factors including average selling price changes, product mix, raw material cost reduction or increase, volume, manufacturing utilization and ongoing manufacturing process improvements.

 

Our sales model focuses on direct engagement and close coordination with our customers to determine product design, qualifications, performance and price. Our strategy is to use our direct sales force to sell to key accounts and to expand our use of distributors for increased coverage in certain international markets and certain domestic market segments. We have direct sales personnel that cover the U.S., Taiwan and China focusing primarily on major OEM customers and internet data center operators. Throughout our sales cycle, we work closely with our customers to qualify our products into their product lines. As a result, we strive to build strategic and long-lasting customer relationships and deliver products that are customized to our customers’ requirements.

 

Our business depends on winning competitive bid selection processes to develop components, systems and equipment for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes are typically lengthy, and as a result our sales cycles will vary based on the level of customization required, market served, whether the design win is with an existing or new customer and whether our solution being designed in our customers’ product is our first generation or subsequent generation product. We do not have any long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) with any of our customers, all of whom purchase our products on a purchase order basis. Once one of our solutions is incorporated into a customer’s design, however, we believe that our solution is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that product’s life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative solution.

 

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, we had 30, 47 and 15 design wins, respectively. We define a design win as the successful completion of the evaluation stage, where our customer has tested our product, verified that our product meets substantially all of their requirements and has informed us that they intend to purchase the product from us. Although we believe that our ability to obtain design wins is a key strength and can provide meaningful and recurring revenue, an increase or decrease in the mere number of design wins does not necessarily correlate to a likely increase or decrease in revenue, particularly in the short term. As such, the number of design wins we achieve on a quarterly or annual basis and any increase or decrease in design wins will not necessarily result in a corresponding increase or decrease in revenue in the same or immediately succeeding quarter or year. For example, if our total number of design wins in an annual or quarterly period increases or decreases compared to the total number of design wins in a prior period, this does not necessarily mean that our revenue in such period will be higher or lower than our revenue in the prior period. In fact, our experience is that some design wins result in significant revenue and some do not, and the timing of such revenue is difficult to predict as it depends on the success of the end customer’s product that uses our components. Thus, some design wins result in orders and significant revenue shortly after the design win is awarded and other design wins do not result in significant orders and revenue for several months or longer after the initial design win (if at all). We do believe that over a period of years the collective impact of design wins correlates to our overall revenue growth.

 

We believe we have an attractive financial profile, with strong revenue performance and control over our manufacturing costs through our vertically integrated manufacturing model. While we have incurred substantial losses since our inception, and as of December 31, 2016 had an accumulated deficit of $37.0 million, we achieved profitability in 2015, and we continued to be profitable in 2016. We have grown our revenue at a 34.1% CAGR between 2009 and 2016, including 37.3% growth year-over-year from 2015 to 2016.

 

Factors Affecting Our Performance

 

Increasing Consumer Demand for Bandwidth. Bandwidth demand in all of our target markets is driving service provider investment in new equipment and in turn generating demand for our products. Increasingly, optical networking technologies are being incorporated into networking equipment, replacing legacy copper-based networking technologies. This shift to optical networking solutions benefits us as a provider of those solutions.

 

Pricing, Product Cost and Margins. Our solution pricing varies depending upon the end market, the complexity of the product and the level of competition. Our product costs also vary with complexity as well as the degree to which we can utilize components designed and manufactured ourselves. We tend to realize higher gross margins on products that incorporate a higher percentage of our own components. We often initially experience lower gross margins on new products, as our pricing is based upon anticipated volume-driven cost reductions over the life of the design win. Thus, if we are unable to realize our expected cost reductions, we may experience declining gross margins on such products.

 

39


 

Table of Contents

Our product pricing is established when the product is initially introduced to the market, and thereafter through periodic negotiations with customers. We generally do not agree to periodic automatic price reductions. Furthermore, due to the dynamics in the CATV market and the value of our outsourced design services to our customers, we believe we face less downward price pressure than many of our competitors in this market. We sell a wide variety of products among our four target markets and our gross margin is heavily dependent in any quarter on the product mix achieved during that period.

 

Customer Concentration within End Markets. Historically, our revenue has been significantly concentrated, first within the CATV market and in 2015 and 2016 within the internet data center market. Moreover, within these markets, revenue tends to be concentrated among a small number of customers. In 2015 and 2016, we have taken several actions to increase the diversity of our customer base. These actions include the creation of a new sales incentive program, hiring additional sales staff to improve our ability to serve new customers, and additional customized design of products that we believe will appeal to new customers. Furthermore, we have developed additional original design manufacturer, or ODM, relationships with customers in each of our target markets which should enable us to diversify our revenue base. In 2016 and 2015, we had two and three customers that each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue, respectively.

 

Product Development. We invest heavily to develop new and innovative products. The majority of our research and development expense is allocated to product development, usually with a specific customer and customer platform in mind. We believe our close coordination with our customers regarding their future product requirements enhances the efficiency of our research and development expenditures.

 

Discussion of Financial Performance

 

Revenue

 

We generate revenue through the sale of our products to equipment providers for the internet data center, CATV, FTTH, telecom and other markets. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top ten customers, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. The following chart provides the revenue contribution from each of the markets we serve for the years 2016, 2015 and 2014, as well as the corresponding percentage of our total revenue for each period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

Market

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

CATV

 

$

43,567

 

$

53,675

 

$

47,389

 

Data Center

 

 

201,314

 

 

123,286

 

 

64,453

 

FTTH

 

 

1,567

 

 

2,458

 

 

13,591

 

Telecom

 

 

12,938

 

 

9,652

 

 

3,856

 

Other

 

 

1,327

 

 

832

 

 

1,160

 

Total

 

$

260,713

 

$

189,903

 

$

130,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

CATV

 

 

16.7

%  

 

28.3

%  

 

36.3

%

Data Center

 

 

77.2

%  

 

64.9

%  

 

49.4

%

FTTH

 

 

0.6

%  

 

1.3

%  

 

10.4

%

Telecom

 

 

5.0

%  

 

5.1

%  

 

3.0

%

Other

 

 

0.5

%  

 

0.4

%  

 

0.9

%

Total Revenue

 

 

100

%  

 

100

%  

 

100

%

 

In 2016, 2015 and 2014, our top ten customers represented 95.5%, 88.7% and 87.2% of our revenue, respectively. In 2016, our key customers in the CATV market included Cisco, and Arris.  In 2016, 2015 and 2014, Cisco accounted for 5.4%, 10.4%, and 8.9%, respectively, of our revenue and Arris accounted for 5.8%, 4.5% and 4.5%, respectively, of our revenue. In 2016 and 2015, our key customers in the internet data center market included Amazon and Microsoft. In 2016 and 2015, Amazon accounted for 54.6% and 52.5% of our revenue, respectively, and Microsoft accounted for 18.3% and 11.6% of our revenue, respectively.

 

40


 

Table of Contents

Revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the customer. We bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, our terms of sale provide that title passes to the customer upon placement by us with a common carrier (upon shipment). A majority of our annual sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, but some sales from our Taiwan location and China-based subsidiary are denominated in NT dollars and RMB, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 22.0% of our total revenue was manufactured at our China-based subsidiary, with $3.3 million denominated in RMB and 71.0% of our total revenue was manufactured at our Taiwan-based facility with an immaterial amount denominated in NT dollars. We expect a similar portion of our sales to be denominated in foreign currencies in 2017.

 

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

 

Our cost of goods sold is impacted by variances arising from changes in yields and production volume, as well as increases or decreases in the cost of raw materials used in production. We typically experience lower yields and higher associated costs on new products. In general, our cost of goods sold for a particular product declines over time as a result of increasing efficiencies in the manufacturing processes, or supply cost declines, as well as yield improvements and testing enhancements.

 

We manufacture products in three of our four facilities in the U.S., Taiwan and China. Generally, laser chips and optical components are manufactured in our Sugar Land facility, optical components and subassemblies are manufactured in our Taiwan facility, and optical components and optical equipment are manufactured in our China facility. Because of our vertical integration model, we generally utilize our own optical component products in our semi-finished and finished goods that we sell between and among our respective manufacturing operations. We base those internal sales upon established transfer pricing methodologies. However, we eliminate all of those internal sales, and cost of goods sold transactions, to arrive at total revenue and cost of goods sold on a consolidated basis.

 

We have a global set of suppliers to help balance considerations related to product availability, quality and cost. Components of our cost of goods sold are denominated in U.S. or NT dollars or RMB, depending upon the manufacturing location.

 

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, has been and is expected to continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including the introduction of new products, production volumes, the mix of products sold, the geographic region in which products are sold, changes in the cost and volumes of materials purchased from our suppliers, changes in labor costs, changes in overhead costs, reserves for excess and obsolete inventories and changes in the average selling prices of our products. Although our overall gross margins over the past three years have been between 28.3% and 38.0%, our gross margins vary more broadly on a product-by-product basis. Our newer and more advanced products typically have higher average selling prices and higher gross margins; however, until the product volumes scale, the gross margin from newer and advanced products may initially be lower. Within our markets, we may sell similar products to different geographic regions at different prices, and therefore realize different gross margins among those similar products.  Our strategy is to improve our gross margins through vertical integration such as utilization of our own laser chips and optical sub-components in our solutions. We expect that our gross margins are likely to continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter because of the variety of products we sell and the relative product mix within a quarter.

 

Operating expenses

 

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and include salaries, benefits, bonuses and share-based compensation. With regard to sales and marketing expense, personnel costs also include sales commissions.

 

Research and development. Research and development, or R&D, expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation for R&D personnel, and R&D work orders (that include material, direct labor and allocated overhead), as well as allocated development costs, such as engineering services, software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We record all research and development expense as incurred. Customers rely upon us to assist them with the development of new products and modification of existing products because of our extensive optical design and manufacturing expertise. We work closely with our customers in the critical design phase of product development and are often reimbursed for those development efforts. By virtue of our overseas

41


 

Table of Contents

R&D operations and by focusing on customer-specific projects, our research and development expenses have tended to represent a lower percentage of revenue compared to some of our competitors. In the future, we expect research and development expense to increase on a dollar basis, but continue to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent that our revenue increases over time.

 

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation for our sales and marketing personnel, as well as travel and trade show expense, sales commissions and the allocation of overall corporate services and facility costs. We sell our products to customers who either incorporate our products into their offering or resell our products to end customers. Because we sell to a limited number of well-established customers, we employ a limited number of sales professionals who are able to cover large markets. We compensate our sales staff through base salary and commissions, with base salary being the largest component of overall compensation. Total sales commissions to employees amounted to less than one percent of our revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014. Additionally, we pay commissions to third parties on certain product lines and identified customers, which also amounted to less than one percent of our revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014. As such, our sales and marketing expense does not directly increase with revenue. In the future, we expect sales and marketing expense to increase on a dollar basis as we incrementally increase our overall sales activities, but expect our sales and marketing expense to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent our revenue increases over time.

 

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation, primarily for our finance, human resources, legal and information technology personnel and certain executive officers, as well as professional services costs related to accounting, tax, banking, legal and information technology services, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase as we continue to grow in both size and complexity as a public company. We expect rising costs including increased audit and legal fees, costs to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national stock exchange, as well as investor relations expense and higher insurance premiums. In the future, we expect general and administrative expense to increase on a dollar basis but continue to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent that our revenue increases over time.

 

Other income (expense)

 

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest expense consists of amounts paid for interest on our short-term and long-term debt borrowings.

 

Other income (expense), net is primarily made up of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. The functional currency of our China subsidiary is the RMB and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our China subsidiary primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of our Taiwan location is the NT dollar and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our Taiwan location primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars.

 

Income taxes

 

We are a U.S. registered company and are subject to income taxes in the U.S. We also operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including Taiwan and China. Consequently, our effective tax rate is impacted by the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and regulations in each geographical region. We expect that our income taxes will vary in relation to our profitability and the geographic distribution of our profits. In 2016 and 2015, our effective tax rate was (48.7%) and 3.3%, respectively. Our effective U.S. federal income tax rate was 0% prior to 2015 as we incurred operating losses and had recorded a full valuation allowance against those losses, which was removed in July 2016. At December 31, 2016, our U.S. accumulated net operating loss, or NOL, was $37.7 million. If we earn profits in the U.S., we expect to reduce our cash tax obligations by the utilization of NOL carry forwards. Our NOL benefits expire over the twelve-year period from 2021 to 2033. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs, capital loss carry forwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited going forward. Based upon an analysis of our equity ownership, we have experienced an ownership change; however, our NOL carry forwards are not materially limited in dollar amount. The amount of NOL available each year may decrease by the amount of NOL utilized and may increase by the amount of any operating losses incurred. Should we experience additional ownership changes our NOL carry forwards may be further limited.

 

42


 

Table of Contents

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Global Technology, Inc., has received preferential tax concessions in China as a national high-tech enterprise. In March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China adopted a uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global Technology, Inc. was recognized as a national high-tech enterprise in 2008 and was entitled to a 15% tax rate for a three year period from November 2008 to November 2011. In 2011, Global Technology, Inc. renewed its national high-tech enterprise certificate and therefore extended its three year tax preferential status from November 2011 to November 2014. In 2014, Global Technology, Inc. again renewed its national high-tech enterprise certificate and therefore extended its three year tax preferential status from November 2014 until September 2017.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits related to U.S. tax benefits recognized for which we do not meet the more likely than not threshold.  We believe that it is reasonably possible that none of our remaining unrecognized tax positions may be recognized by the end of 2017. 

 

Seasonality

We believe that the demand for our CATV products is seasonal.  Historically, revenue derived from our CATV products has been highest in the fourth quarter and lowest in the first quarter of each year. The first quarter of the year has historically been negatively affected by reduced economic activity due to the Chinese New Year holiday and the lower level of deployment of outdoor CATV equipment in cold weather environments.  

We are uncertain whether the demand for our internet data center, FTTH and telecom products is seasonal, as our sales data does not indicate a significant trend with respect to these products.

Our gross margin varies quarter to quarter and varies primarily due to the product mix in a particular quarter, as well as from the level of manufacturing efficiencies, production yields (particularly in the laser chip fabrication process) and overall supply costs.

Results of Operations

 

The following table set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of our financial results is not necessarily indicative of our financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

 

2015

    

 

2014

 

 

Revenue, net

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%

 

Cost of goods sold

 

66.6

%  

 

68.2

%  

 

66.1

%

 

Gross profit

 

33.4

%  

 

31.8

%  

 

33.9

%

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

12.2

%  

 

11.0

%  

 

12.2

%

 

Sales and marketing

 

2.5

%  

 

3.4

%  

 

4.6

%

 

General and administrative

 

9.8

%  

 

10.3

%  

 

13.1

%

 

Total operating expenses

 

24.5

%  

 

24.7

%  

 

30.0

%

 

Income from operations

 

8.9

%  

 

7.1

%  

 

3.9

%

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

(0.8)

%  

 

(1.2)

%  

 

(0.5)

%

 

Income before income taxes

 

8.1

%  

 

5.9

%  

 

3.4

%

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

3.9

%  

 

(0.2)

%  

 

(0.2)

%

 

Net income

 

12.0

%  

 

5.7

%  

 

3.3

%

 

 

43


 

Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

Revenue

 

We generate revenue through the sale of our products to equipment providers and network operators for the internet data center, CATV, FTTH, telecom and other markets. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top ten customers, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for the foreseeable future. We also anticipate that our revenue derived from the internet data center market will continue to increase as a percentage of our revenue as we further penetrate and extend our products into this market. The following charts provide the revenue contribution from each of the markets we served for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

 

2015

 

 

CATV

 

16.7

%  

 

28.3

%

 

Data Center

 

77.2

%  

 

64.9

%

 

FTTH

 

0.6

%  

 

1.3

%

 

Telecom

 

5.0

%  

 

5.1

%

 

Other

 

0.5

%  

 

0.4

%

 

 

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

Change

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

CATV

 

$

43,567

 

$

53,675

 

$

(10,108)

 

(18.8)

%

 

Data Center

 

 

201,314

 

 

123,286

 

 

78,028

 

63.3

%

 

FTTH

 

 

1,567

 

 

2,458

 

 

(891)

 

(36.2)

%

 

Telecom

 

 

12,938

 

 

9,652

 

 

3,286

 

34.0

%

 

Other

 

 

1,327

 

 

832

 

 

495

 

59.5

%

 

Total Revenue

 

$

260,713

 

$

189,903

 

$

70,810

 

37.3

%

 

 

Revenues in the internet data center market were driven primarily by increasing demand for our 40 Gbps and 100 Gbps transceivers as our customers continued to upgrade their technology infrastructure. The decrease in revenue in our FTTH market is due to decreased demand from our major FTTH customer as a result of their decision to halt their deployments. The decrease in revenue in the CATV market for the year was a result of decreased customer orders, primarily in the first half of the year, due to uncertainty of timing surrounding various network upgrades by North American CATV operators.  The increase in revenue in our telecom segment was driven primarily by sales of recently designed products and increased deployments of high-speed telecom access networks by telecom operators.

 

In the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, our top ten customers represented 95.5% and 88.7% of our revenue, respectively.

 

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

Revenue

    

Amount

    

Revenue

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

173,759

 

66.6

%  

$

129,450

 

68.2

%  

$

44,309

 

34.2

%

 

Gross margin

 

 

86,954

 

33.4

%  

 

60,453

 

31.8

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold increased by $44.3 million, or 34.2%, from 2015 to 2016, primarily due to a 37.3% increase in sales over the prior year. Within our markets, we may sell similar products in different geographic regions at different prices, resulting in different gross margins among our products. Also, within our business there are various different product types which may have different gross margins. The increase in gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the same period ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of cost reduction of our data center products, along with higher gross margin on our 100 Gbps products compared to earlier sales of 40 Gbps products.

 

44


 

Table of Contents

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Research and development

 

$

31,780

 

12.2

%  

$

20,852

 

11.0

%  

$

10,928

 

52.4

%

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

6,627

 

2.5

%  

 

6,381

 

3.4

%  

 

246

 

3.9

%

 

General and administrative

 

 

25,527

 

9.8

%  

 

19,771

 

10.3

%  

 

5,756

 

29.1

%

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

63,934

 

24.5

%  

$

47,004

 

24.7

%  

$

16,930

 

36.0

%

 

 

Research and development expense

 

Research and development expense increased by $10.9 million, or 52.4%, from 2015 to 2016. This was primarily due to increases in personnel costs, R&D work orders and project costs related to 100 Gbps data center products, 200 Gbps/400 Gbps data center products, DOCSIS 3.1-capable CATV products, other new product development and an increase in depreciation expense resulting from additional R&D equipment investments. The percentage of research and development expenses over sales increased from 11.0% to 12.2%, from the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Sales and marketing expense

 

Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.2 million, or 3.9%, from 2015 to 2016. This was due to an increase in personnel costs. The percentage of sales and marketing expenses over sales decreased from 3.4% to 2.5% from the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

General and administrative expense

 

General and administrative expense increased by $5.8 million, or 29.1%, from 2015 to 2016. This was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, professional fees associated with being a public company and depreciation expense related to our factory in Sugar Land, Texas. The percentage of general and administrative expenses over sales decreased from 10.3 % to 9.8% from the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Interest income

 

$

247

 

0.1

%  

$

328

 

0.2

%  

$

(81)

 

(24.7)

%

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,717)

 

(0.7)

%  

 

(1,018)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(699)

 

68.7

%

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(547)

 

(0.2)

%  

 

(1,591)

 

(0.8)

%  

 

1,044

 

(65.6)

%

 

Total other expense, net

 

$

(2,017)

 

(0.8)

%  

$

(2,281)

 

(1.2)

%  

$

264

 

(11.6)

%

 

 

Interest income decreased over the same prior year periods due to lower investment balances.

 

Interest expense increased overall for the periods with additional borrowing activities during the year ended December 31, 2016 to fund facility expansion projects in the U.S. and Taiwan.

 

Other expense, net decreased by $1.0 million from 2015 to 2016 due to foreign currency gains mainly due to the appreciation of New Taiwan Dollars against U.S. dollars at the end of 2016 compared to the 2015. We qualify as a high-tech enterprise in China, as determined by the Chinese government, and are paid subsidies from time to time by the Chinese government to foster local high-tech manufacturing, which are recorded as other income. We received $0.2 million and $0.3 million in subsidy during each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

45


 

Table of Contents

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

Change

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

$

10,231

 

$

(375)

 

10,606

 

(2,828.3)

%

 

 

Our income tax expense consists of U.S. income tax, U.S. alternative minimum tax, state taxes and Taiwan income tax recorded during the periods. Our effective tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in state and foreign jurisdictions and the relative amounts of income we earn in those jurisdictions.

 

We recorded a tax benefit of $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the tax provision of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively.  The income tax benefit recorded in the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily related to the release of the valuation allowance previously recorded against U.S. and Taiwan deferred tax assets.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

Revenue

 

The following charts provide the revenue contribution from each of the markets we served for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

2015

    

 

2014

 

 

CATV

 

28.3

%  

 

36.3

%

 

Data Center

 

64.9

%  

 

49.4

%

 

FTTH

 

1.3

%  

 

10.4

%

 

Other

 

5.5

%  

 

3.9

%

 

Total Revenue

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

Change

 

 

 

 

2015

    

2014

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

CATV

 

$

53,675

 

$

47,389

 

$

6,286

 

13.3

%

 

Data Center

 

 

123,286

 

 

64,453

 

 

58,833

 

91.3

%

 

FTTH

 

 

2,458

 

 

13,591

 

 

(11,133)

 

(81.9)

%

 

Telecom

 

 

9,652

 

 

3,855

 

 

5,797

 

150.4

%

 

Other

 

 

832

 

 

1,161

 

 

(329)

 

(28.3)

%

 

Total Revenue

 

$

189,903

 

$

130,449

 

$

59,454

 

45.6

%

 

 

Revenues in the internet data center market were driven primarily by increasing demand for our 40 Gbps transceivers as our customers continued to upgrade their technology infrastructure. The decrease in revenue in our FTTH market is due to decreased demand from our major FTTH customer as a result of their decision to continue using an existing technology in their deployments. The increase in revenues in the CATV market for the year was a result of revenue derived from newly-designed products that have begun to be sold in higher quantities by our customers, as well as increased demand for new and existing products in certain international markets, especially in Latin America earlier in the year.

 

In the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our top ten customers represented 88.7% and 87.2% of our revenue, respectively.

 

 

46


 

Table of Contents

Cost of goods sold and gross margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

Revenue

    

Amount

    

Revenue

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

129,450

 

68.2

%  

$

86,203

 

66.1

%  

$

43,247

 

50.2

%

 

Gross margin

 

 

60,453

 

31.8

%  

 

44,246

 

33.9

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold increased by $43.2 million, or 50.2%, from 2014 to 2015, primarily due to a 45.6% increase in sales over the prior year. Within our markets, we may sell similar products in different geographic regions at different prices, resulting in different gross margins among our products. Also, within our segments there are various different product types which may have different gross margins. The decrease in gross margin the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period ended December 31, 2014 was primarily the result of a differing product mix in our internet data center and CATV products. 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Research and development

 

$

20,852

 

11.0

%  

$

15,970

 

12.2

%  

$

4,882

 

30.6

%

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

6,381

 

3.4

%  

 

6,043

 

4.6

%  

 

338

 

5.6

%

 

General and administrative

 

 

19,771

 

10.3

%  

 

17,095

 

13.1

%  

 

2,676

 

15.7

%

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

47,004

 

24.7

%  

$

39,108

 

30.0

%  

$

7,896

 

20.2

%

 

 

Research and development expense

 

Research and development expense increased by $4.9 million, or 30.6%, from 2014 to 2015. This was primarily due to increases in personnel costs, rent and utilities, R&D work orders and project costs related to 100 Gbps data center products, DOCSIS 3.1-capable CATV products, other new product development, increase in depreciation expense resulting from additional R&D equipment investments, and costs associated with our new R&D center in Lawrenceville, Georgia. The percentage of research and development expenses over sales decreased from 12.2% to 11.0%, from the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Sales and marketing expense

 

Sales and marketing expense increased by $0.3 million, or 5.6%, from 2014 to 2015. This was due to an increase in expenses for a new sales incentive program which was implemented in May, 2014, and an increase in sales commissions directly related to our revenue growth. The percentage of sales and marketing expenses over sales decreased from 4.6% to 3.4% from the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

General and administrative expense

 

General and administrative expense increased by $2.7 million, or 15.7%, from 2014 to 2015. This was primarily due to an increase in payroll and benefits, professional fees associated with being a public company and depreciation expense related to relocation of our factory in Taiwan. The percentage of general and administrative expenses over sales decreased from 13.1% to 10.3% from the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

47


 

Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

revenue

    

Amount

    

%

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Interest income

 

$

328

 

0.2

%  

$

369

 

0.3

%  

$

(41)

 

(11.1)

%

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,018)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(326)

 

(0.2)

%  

 

(692)

 

212.3

%

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

(1,591)

 

(0.8)

%  

 

(699)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(892)

 

127.6

%

 

Total other expense, net

 

$

(2,281)

 

(1.2)

%  

$

(656)

 

(0.4)

%  

$

(1,625)

 

247.7

%

 

 

Interest income decreased over the same prior year periods due to lower cash and investment balances.

 

Interest expense increased overall for the periods with additional borrowing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 to fund expansion projects.

 

Other expense, net increased by $0.9 million from 2014 to 2015 due to an increase in unrealized foreign exchange losses of $1.3 million resulting from the depreciation of the RMB and NTD currencies against the U.S. dollar compared to those losses in the same prior year period. These unrealized losses were offset by an increase in realized foreign exchange gains of $0.4 million compared to the same prior year period. We qualify as a high-tech enterprise in China, as determined by the Chinese government, and are paid subsidies from time to time by the Chinese government to foster local high-tech manufacturing, which are recorded as other income. We received $0.3 million in subsidy during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $0.2 million in the same prior year period.

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

 

    

2015

    

2014

    

Change

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

(375)

 

$

(199)

 

(176)

 

46.9

%

 

 

Our income tax expense consisted of U.S. alternative minimum tax, state taxes and Taiwan income tax recorded during the periods. Our effective tax rate was affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in state and foreign jurisdictions and the relative amounts of income we earn in those jurisdictions. It was also affected by the change in the valuation allowance, as our deferred tax assets was fully offset by a deferred tax valuation allowance.

 

We recorded a valuation allowance against all of our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015, and 2014. We had determined a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets was required until there was sufficient evidence to support that our deferred taxes were realizable. However, given the previous two years of earnings and uncertainty of anticipated future earnings, we believed that there was a reasonable possibility that within that next 12-month period, sufficient positive evidence would become available to allow us to reach a conclusion that a significant portion of the valuation allowance was no longer be needed. Release of the valuation allowance would result in the recognition of certain deferred tax assets and a decrease to income tax expense for the period the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of the valuation allowance release would be subject to change on the basis of the level of profitability that we would be able to actually achieve.

 

In considering whether or not to continue to maintain the valuation allowance, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including: historical profits and losses, forecasts of future profits or losses, and trends in the industries that we serve that may have affected our ability to continue to generate profits. In projecting future taxable income, we began with historical results adjusted for the results of discontinued operations and incorporate assumptions about the amount of future state, federal, and foreign pretax operating income adjusted for items that do not have tax consequences. The assumptions about future taxable income required the use of significant judgment and were consistent with the plans and estimates we were using to manage the underlying businesses. We had deferred tax assets in China, Taiwan, and the United States. When considering positive and negative evidence, we analyzed positive and negative evidence in each jurisdiction independently.

 

48


 

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

From inception until our initial public offering in September 2013, we financed our operations through private sales of equity securities, cash generated from operations and from various lending arrangements. As of December 31, 2016, we had $75.8 million of unused borrowing capacity from all of our loan agreements. As of December 31, 2016, our cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments totaled $52.0 million. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes and are invested primarily in money market or time deposit funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. On October 17, 2016, we filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which was declared effective on November 1, 2016, providing for the public offer and sale of certain securities of the Company from time to time, at our discretion, up to an aggregate amount of $250 million. In 2016, the Company sold 1.1 million shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $24.85 per share, providing proceeds of $27.2 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

The table below sets forth selected cash flow data for the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

57,104

 

$

(15,212)

 

$

8,530

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(41,543)

 

 

(61,620)

 

 

(45,388)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

4,642

 

 

73,114

 

 

47,250

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

1,947

 

 

(383)

 

 

(223)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

$

22,150

 

$

(4,101)

 

$

10,169

 

 

Operating activities

 

In 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $57.1 million. Net cash provided by operating activities consisted of our net income of $31.2 million, after the exclusion of non-cash items of $9.5 million as well as $10.2 million from the reduction of inventories, increase in accounts payable from our vendors of $9.1 million, decrease in prepaid assets of $4.1 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $4.1 million. These cash increases were offset by an increase in accounts receivable from our customers of $11.1 million in 2016.

 

In 2015, net cash used in operating activities was $15.2 million. Cash used was primarily from an increase in inventories of $37.5 million to support revenue growth, an increase in accounts receivable from our customers of $7.5 million and a decrease in accounts payable to our vendors of $1.3 million. The cash used was offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $5.0 million in 2016.

 

In 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was $8.5 million. Accounts payable increases of $18.9 million were offset by an increase in accounts receivable from our customers of $9.7 million and an increase in inventories of $16.1 million to support revenue growth.

 

Investing activities

 

Our investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets.

 

In 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $41.5 million.  Spending on property, plant and equipment of $49.4 million was offset by the maturity of short-term investments of $7.7 million.

 

In 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $61.6 million for the purchase of additional machinery and equipment and for investment in the construction of our U.S. and Taiwan plants. Deferred charges also increased associated with the purchase of new machinery and equipment as well as patent spending.

 

In 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $45.4 million for the purchase of additional machinery and equipment, for investment in leasehold improvements for our Taiwan plant expansion and the payment for intellectual property licenses to support new product development efforts and manufacturing activities as well as an increase in deferred charges.

 

49


 

Financing activities

 

Our financing activities have historically consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of common stock and arrangements with various commercial lenders.

 

In 2016, our financing activities provided $4.6 million in cash. We repaid $22.9 million in net borrowings associated with our bank loans, $2.5 million in net repayments of acceptance payable, offset by decreased restricted cash of $3.0 million related to our bank loan requirements. We also received $27.2 million in net proceeds from the sale of our common stock pursuant to an at-the-market offering.

 

In 2015, our financing activities provided $73.1 million in cash. We received $37.5 million in net borrowings associated with our bank loans, $1.9 million in net proceeds from acceptance payable, offset by increased restricted cash of $4.4 million related to our bank loan requirements. We also received $38.6 million in net proceeds from the sale of our common stock pursuant to an at-the-market offering.

 

In 2014, our financing activities provided $47.3 million in cash. We received $45.7 million in net proceeds from a secondary offering of common stock. Net borrowings associated with our bank loans and bank acceptance payable provided $1.9 million in cash.

 

Loans and commitments

 

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions, including a revolving line of credit and a term loan with East West Bank and Comerica Bank in the U.S., lines of credit and financing agreements for our Taiwan branch and several lines of credit arrangements for our China subsidiary. As of December 31, 2016, we had $75.8 million of unused borrowing capacity.

  

On June 24, 2016, we entered into a First Amendment to our Credit Agreement with East West Bank and Comerica Bank (“First Amendment”), a second lien deed of trust, multiple security agreements and promissory notes evidencing two credit facilities and a term loan originally entered into on June 30, 2015. The First Amendment increased our revolving lines of credit from $25 million to $40 million, which mature on June 30, 2018, and retains a $10.0 million term loan maturing on June 30, 2020. The First Amendment also provides for an additional $10.0 million equipment term loan with a one year drawdown period commencing on April 1, 2016 and maturing five years from the closing date of the First Amendment. The interest rate on these loans was lowered by the First Amendment from the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75% or 3.0% to LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.0%. As of December 31, 2016, no balance was outstanding under the revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2016, $9.5 million was outstanding under the term loan. 

 

We also have a term loan with East West Bank of $5.0 million with monthly payments of principal and interest that matures on July 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $2.9 million.

  

On June 24, 2016, we executed a Change in Terms Agreement, Notice of Final Agreement and Modification of the Construction Loan Agreement (“Modification Agreement”) to our Construction Loan Agreement with East West Bank for up to $22.0 million dollars to finance the construction of our campus expansion plan in Sugar Land, Texas, originally dated January 26, 2015. Upon signing the original Construction Loan Agreement, we deposited $11.0 million into a restricted bank account for owner’s contribution of construction costs. The Modification Agreement has a fifteen (15) month draw down period with monthly interest payments commencing on February 26, 2015 and ending on July 31, 2016. Thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-six (66) month term loan with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred (300) months. The first principal and interest payment commenced on August 26, 2016, and continue the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. We may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than due. Under the Construction Loan Agreement, the loan bears interest at an annual rate based on the one-month LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%, and the interest rate is reduced to LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.0% under the Modification Agreement.

 

On September 27, 2016, we executed a Change in Terms Agreement, Notice of Final Agreement and Second Modification to the Construction Loan Agreement (“Second Modifications”) to the Construction Loan Agreement with East West Bank. The Second Modifications amends and restates in part our Promissory Note and Construction Loan

50


 

Agreement, which was originally executed on January 26, 2015, and the Modification Agreement. The draw down period end date, under the Second Modifications, was amended from July 31, 2016 to September 30, 2016. And thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-four (64) month term loan, amended from a sixty-six (66) month term loan, with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred (300) months. The first principal and interest payment was due on October 26, 2016 and will continue on the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. Except as expressly changed by the Second Modifications, the terms of the original obligation and the Modification Agreement remain unchanged. As of December 31, 2016, $21.7 million was outstanding under the construction loan.

 

The loan and security agreements with East West Bank and Comerica Bank require us to maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum cash balance, a current ratio, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. Collateral for the U.S. bank loans and line of credit includes substantially all of the assets of the Company.  As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants contained in these agreements.

 

On February 19, 2016, our Taiwan branch renewed and increased its credit facility originally dated January 6, 2015 with CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan for 320 million New Taiwan dollars, or approximately $10.3 million, one year revolving credit facility. The obligations under the credit facility are unsecured up to $6.3 million; the remaining $4.0 million is available provided that we purchase the same amount of secured certificates of deposit with the bank. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at a rate based on the bank’s corporate interest rate index plus 1.5% for the unsecured portion of the credit facility and bank’s corporate interest rate index plus 0.93% for the secured portion of the credit facility, adjusted monthly. As of the execution of the credit facility, the bank’s corporate interest rate index is 0.71%. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance for the secured loan or under the unsecured credit facility and both credit facilities expired without renewal.

 

On April 8, 2016, our Taiwan branch renewed its 90 million New Taiwan dollars, or approximately $2.6 million, and 120 million New Taiwan dollars, or approximately $4.0 million, one year revolving credit facilities, originally dated March 9, 2015, with E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan. Borrowings under the 90 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR plus 1.7% divided by 0.946. Borrowings under the 120 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to the bank’s personal monthly time deposit interest rate plus 0.480%. Any future borrowings under the 120 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility are available provided that we purchase certificates of deposit in amounts equal to the borrowing from the bank. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance under the 120 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility or under the 90 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility.

  

On December 22, 2015, our Taiwan branch renewed its $4.0 million credit facility, originally dated December 20, 2013, and entered into a $2.0 million, one year revolving credit facility agreement with Mega International Commercial Bank (“Mega Bank”). Obligations under the $4.0 million credit facility are available provided that we purchase certificates of deposit in amounts equal to the borrowing from Mega Bank. Borrowings under the $4.0 million credit facility bear interest at a rate not less than the LIBOR borrowing rate plus 1.0%, divided by 0.946 for U.S. and other currency borrowings; New Taiwan dollars borrowings bear interest at a rate equal to the bank’s base lending rate plus 0.76%. Borrowings under the $2.0 million credit facility bear interest at a rate not less than the LIBOR borrowing rate plus 1.2%, divided by 0.946 for U.S. dollar borrowings; New Taiwan dollars borrowings bear interest at a rate equal to the bank’s base lending rate plus 0.76% but shall not be less than 1.90%; and other currency borrowings shall bear interest at a rate at the bank’s based lending rate plus 1.0%, divided by 0.946. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance under either credit facility and both credit facilities expired without renewal. 

 

On April 22, 2016, our Taiwan branch entered into a Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement originally dated April 1, 2015, with the Taipei branch of China Construction Bank, providing a revolving credit line of $10 million, maturing on March 15, 2017. Borrowings under the Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement are secured by a standby letter of credit issued by the China branch of the bank under existing agreements between the bank and our China subsidiary. Borrowings under the Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement reduce the amounts available under the existing credit line between the bank and our China subsidiary and cannot exceed 97% of the amount of the standby letter of credit issued by the China branch of the bank. Borrowings under the Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement bear interest at a rate negotiated separately for each drawing depending on the nature of the borrowings. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance under this credit facility.

 

51


 

On June 30, 2015, our Taiwan branch entered into a Purchase and Sale Contract and a Finance Lease Agreement with Chailease Finance Co, Ltd. (“Chailease”) in connection with certain equipment, structured as a sale lease-back transaction. Pursuant to the sale contract, our Taiwan branch sold certain equipment to Chailease for a purchase price of 115,240,903 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $3.7 million, and simultaneously leased the equipment back from Chailease pursuant to the Finance Lease Agreement. The monthly lease payments range from 2,088,804 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.1 million, to 2,364,650 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.1 million, during the term of the Finance Lease Agreement, including an initial payment in an amount of 40,240,903 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $1.3 million. The Finance Lease Agreement has a three-year term, with monthly payments, maturing on May 27 and June 30, 2018 respectively. The title to the equipment will be transferred to our Taiwan branch upon the expiration of the Finance Lease Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, $2.9 million was outstanding under this Finance Lease Agreement. 

 

On March 31, 2016, our Taiwan branch entered into a Purchase and Sale Contract and a Finance Lease Agreement with Chailease in connection with certain equipment, structured as a sale lease-back transaction. Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Contract, our Taiwan branch sold certain equipment to Chailease for a purchase price of 312,927,180 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $10.1 million, and simultaneously leased the equipment back from Chailease pursuant to the Finance Lease Agreement. The Finance Lease Agreement has a three-year term with monthly lease payments range from 6,772,500 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.2 million, to 7,788,333 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.3 million, during the term of the Finance Lease Agreement, including an initial payment in an amount of 62,927,180 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $2.0 million. Based on the payments made under the Finance Lease Agreement, the annual interest rate is calculated to be 4.0%. The title to the equipment will be transferred to our Taiwan branch upon the expiration of the Finance Lease Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, $5.8 million was outstanding under this Finance Lease Agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2016, our Chinese subsidiary had credit facilities with China Construction Bank totaling $13.2 million, which can be drawn in U.S. currency, RMB currency, issuing bank acceptance notes to vendors with different interest rates or issuing standby letters of credit. We pledged the land use rights and buildings of our Chinese subsidiary as collateral for the credit facility.  As of December 31, 2016, our Chinese subsidiary used $10.0 million of its credit facility to issue standby letters of credit as collateral for our Taiwan branch line of credit with China Construction Bank. As of December 31, 2016, no balance was outstanding for the U.S. currency based loan. The outstanding balances of bank acceptance notes issued to vendors were $0.3 million with zero interest rate as of December 31, 2016.

 

As of December 31, 2016, there was $1.7 million of restricted cash, investments or security deposit associated mainly with the loan facilities.

 

One-month LIBOR rates were 0.77167% and 0.42950% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

A customary business practice in China is for customers to exchange accounts receivable with notes receivable issued by their bank. From time to time we accept notes receivable from certain of our customers in China. These notes receivable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within nine months, and such notes receivable may be redeemed with the issuing bank prior to maturity at a discount. Historically, we have collected on the notes receivable in full at the time of maturity.

 

Frequently, we also direct our banking partners to issue bank acceptance notes payable to our suppliers in China in exchange for accounts payable. Our China subsidiary’s banks issue the notes to vendors and issue payment to vendors upon redemption. We owe the payable balance to the issuing bank. The notes payable are non-interest bearing and are generally due within nine months of issuance. As a condition of the notes payable lending arrangements, we are required to keep a compensating balance at the issuing banks that is a percentage of the total notes payable balance until the notes payable are paid by our China subsidiary. These balances are classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

Future liquidity needs

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support our research and development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products, the

52


 

expansion of our manufacturing capacity and the continuing market acceptance of our products. In the event that additional liquidity is required to meet our long-term investments, we may need to explore additional sources of liquidity by additional bank credit facilities or raising capital through additional equity or debt financing, including equity financing under our Registration Statement filed with the SEC in October 2016. The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders, and the terms and prices of any such sale may not be acceptable to us. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by   period

 

 

    

 

 

    

Less than 1

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

5 Years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Notes payable and long-term debt (1)

 

$

46,228

 

$

9,059

 

$

14,401

 

$

4,382

 

$

18,386

 

Operating leases (2)

 

 

12,724

 

 

902

 

 

2,923

 

 

5,167

 

 

3,732

 

Total commitments

 

$

58,952

 

$

9,961

 

$

17,324

 

$

9,549

 

$

22,118

 


(1)

We have several loan and security agreements in China, Taiwan and the U.S. that provide various credit facilities, including lines of credit, bank acceptance payable and term loans. The amount presented in the table represents the principal portion and estimated interest expense for the obligations.

(2)

We have entered into various non-cancellable operating lease agreements for our offices in Taiwan and the U.S.

 

Inflation

 

We believe that the relatively low rate of inflation in the U.S. over the past few years has not had a significant impact on our sales or operating results or on the prices of raw materials. To the extent we expand our operations in China and Taiwan, such actions may result in inflation having a more significant impact on our operating results in the future.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These principles require us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Our estimates include those related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, impairment analysis of goodwill and long-lived assets, valuation of inventory, warranty liabilities and accounting for income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

 

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note B to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe these are the most critical to fully understand and evaluate our financial condition and results of operations.

 

53


 

Revenue recognition

 

We generally employ a direct sales model in North America, and in the rest of the world we use both direct and indirect channels. Our revenue recognition policy is to recognize gross revenue whether our products are sold on a direct or indirect basis, because our reseller customers (indirect channel) take title to our products and honor the same terms and conditions as do our direct sales customers. We recognize revenue from the sale of our products provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, performance obligations have been satisfied, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Contracts or customer purchase orders are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents are used to verify delivery. We assess whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and the customer’s payment history. Customers are generally extended net 30 credit terms from the date of shipment, with some extensions for more creditworthy customers.

 

Whether our products are sold on a direct or indirect basis, revenue is recognized when the product is shipped and title has transferred to the customer. We bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the goods up to that point. On most orders, our terms of sale provide that title passes to the customer upon placement by us with a common carrier (upon shipment). In some cases we may provide for title transfer to the customer upon delivery of the goods to the customer. We determine payments made to third party sales representatives are appropriately recorded to sales and marketing expense and not a reduction of revenue. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold. We present revenue net of sales returns and allowances, sales taxes and any similar assessments. We provided a limited warranty as part of our standard terms and conditions of sale. This warranty provides for the repair or replacement of our products, at our discretion, that we determined (i) are defective in workmanship, material, or not in compliance with the mutually agreed written applicable specification and (ii) has in fact failed under normal use on or before one year from the date of original shipment of the products. Some of our customers are provided limited warranties between three to five years, on certain limited and identified products. Warranty costs associated with returned goods that are repaired or replaced are charged to cost of goods sold.

 

During our ordinary course of business, we may enter into new product development agreements to design, customize and develop new products for our customers. Such new product development agreements often involves material cost and engineering hours and therefore non-recurring engineering service (NRE) charges are agreed upon for the customer to reimburse our related costs. We adopt the milestone method in revenue recognition for NRE revenues by using cost-input measurement. We capitalize cost input up to the contractual agreement amount and recognize NRE revenues based upon the agreement schedule. Contracts or customer purchase orders are often used to determine the existence of service agreement.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Stock option fair value is calculated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The compensation cost is then recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the option, which is generally the option vesting term of four years. The Black-Scholes valuation model requires us to estimate key assumptions such as expected term, volatility, dividend yield and risk-free interest rates that determine the stock option fair value. In addition, we estimate forfeitures at the time of grant. As there had been no market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, the expected volatility for options granted to date was derived from an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with similar terms. The expected volatility has been determined using an average of the expected volatility reported by this peer group of companies. We use a risk free interest rate based on the 10-year Treasury as reported during the period. The expected term of the options has been determined utilizing the simplified method which calculates a simple average based on vesting period and option life. We do not anticipate paying dividends in the near future. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience and future work force projections.

 

Long-lived assets

 

Depreciation and amortization of the intangible assets and other long-lived assets is provided using the straight-line method over their respective estimated useful lives, reflecting the pattern of economic benefits associated with these assets. Changes in circumstances such as technological advances, changes to our business model, or changes in our capital strategy could cause the actual useful lives of intangible assets or other long-lived assets to differ from initial

54


 

estimates. In those cases where we determine that the useful life of an asset should be revised, we depreciate the remaining net book value over the new estimated useful life.

 

Our long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We value on an asset-by-asset basis our long-lived assets and will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of such valuation is less than the carrying amount of such assets. The values, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the values projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. We consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate for the value of the assets. We did not record any asset impairment charges in 2016 or 2015.

 

Valuation of inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average-cost method) or market. Work in process and finished goods includes materials, labor and allocated overhead. We assess the valuation of our inventory on a periodic basis and provide an allowance for the value of estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory charges of $3.7 million, $2.8 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

We have an accounting policy to write down the value of obsolete inventory. We considered the following factors in our determination of the appropriate reserve level: how often we buy material in bulk; the overall market value of raw material, semi-finished goods and finished goods across our varied product lines and within markets; changes in expected demand for our products; the change in valuations historically; the determined safety stock for key customers; and the likelihood of postponement in delivery schedules for materials already placed in finished goods inventory.

 

Accounting for income taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in our tax returns.

 

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows:  Restricted Cash, providing guidance on the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows.  ASU 2016-18 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2017, with early adoption permitted.  The amendments in this ASU would be applied using a retrospective approach.  We are evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on our financial statements.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU NO. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230):  Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments .  The ASU update addresses eight specific cash flow issues that currently result in diverse practices, including debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination and separately identifiable cash flows and applicable of the predominance principle.  ASU 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2017, with early adoption permitted.  We are evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on our financial statements.

55


 

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the following areas: accounting for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies; classifying excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows; accounting for forfeitures; classifying awards that permit share repurchases to satisfy statutory tax withholding requirements; classifying tax payments on behalf of employees on the statement of cash flows; and, for nonpublic entities only, determining the expected term and electing the intrinsic value measurement alternative for stock option awards. The new guidance is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and in the interim periods within those fiscal years. The guidance requires a mix of prospective, modified retrospective and retrospective transition. We expect to recognize approximately $1.3 million of windfall tax benefits as a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings   in the first quarter of 2017 upon adoption of ASU 2016-09.  .

  

On February 25, 2016, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases to complete its project to overhaul lease accounting. The ASU codifies ASC 842, Leases, which will replace the guidance in ASC 840.  The new guidance will require lessees to recognize most leases on the balance sheet for capital and operating leases. The new guidance is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. We are evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on our financial statements, by reviewing the standard itself as well as reviewing literature about the new standard produced by nationally-recognized accounting firms and other third parties.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The new guidance is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. The ASU affects public and private companies, not-for-profit organizations, and employee benefit plans that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities. The new guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on our financial statements.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes during November 2015 , which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This ASU provides presentation requirements to classify deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent in a statement of financial position. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted for any interim and annual financial statements that have not yet been issued. The ASU may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. We early adopted this standard effective December 31, 2015 on a retrospective basis which resulted in a reclassification of our net current deferred tax asset to the net non-current deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2015. The adoption of this ASU had no impact on the balance sheet or income statement as we had a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory in July 2015 to require entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. Market could be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. We early adopted this ASU which had no material impact on the financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires the presentation of debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. ASU 2015-03 does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of authoritative guidance within ASU 2015-03 for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. We early adopted this ASU which had no material impact on the financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in ASU 2015-14 defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year. Public business entities should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.

56


 

We continue to evaluate the impact of the accounting standard on our financial statements.  In order to determine the effect of the new standard, during 2016 we attended live and web-based training sessions hosted by experts on the new standard, identified key areas in our business that could be affected by the standard and hosted internal training sessions on the new standard for accounting staff.  We have also begun to evaluate our internal controls framework to identify any new controls that may be necessary to comply with the new standard.  Although this determination is subject to change as we continue to evaluate the new standard, based on our review to date, we do not believe that the new standard will have a material effect on our financial statements.  We plan to adopt the new standards after December 15, 2017.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern   (Subtopic 205-40), which provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial statements. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The update is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter.  In the fourth quarter of 2016, we adopted this ASU, which resulted in a determination that no going concern disclosure is needed at this time.

 

 

Item 7A.            Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Market Risks

 

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial statements through adverse changes in financial market prices and rates and inflation. Our market risk exposure results primarily from fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities. We have not historically attempted to reduce our market risks through hedging instruments; we may, however, do so in the future.

 

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

 

Our cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market funds, and interest and non-interest bearing bank deposits. Our primary objective is to maintain the security of our principal balances and ensure liquidity. We attempt to maximize the return on these balances without significantly increasing risk, but have little opportunity to do so given the short-term nature of our investments and current interest rate environments. We do not anticipate any material effect on our cash balances or investment portfolio due to fluctuations in interest rates.

 

We are exposed to market risk due to the possibility of changing interest rates associated with certain debt instruments. As of December 31, 2016, our U.S. debt bears a variable rate of interest that is based on LIBOR. The debt subject to variable rates is subject to fluctuation in the LIBOR. As of December 31, 2016, the interest on our China debt varied based on when each term loan is drawn. Once drawn the interest remains fixed for the term of that draw. As of December 31, 2016, we had not hedged our interest rate risk.

 

With respect to our interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2016, an increase of 1.0% in each of our interest rates would have resulted in an increase of $0.4 million in our interest expense for such period.

 

Foreign Exchange Rates

 

We operate on an international basis with a large portion of our business conducted in our Taiwan branch and China subsidiary. We use the U.S. dollar as our reporting currency for our consolidated financial statements. The financial records of our China subsidiary and our Taiwan branch are maintained in their respective local currencies, the RMB and the NT dollar, which are the functional currencies for our China subsidiary and our Taiwan branch, respectively. Assets and liabilities are translated at prevailing exchange rates at the balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated using the average rate for the then current period using a monthly average. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in our statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income.

 

57


 

All transactions in currencies other than their functional currencies during the year are subject to foreign exchange risk when the exchange rate fluctuates on the respective relevant dates of such transactions. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in our statements of operations in other income (expense). Monetary assets and liabilities existing at the balance sheet date denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies are re-measured at the exchange rates prevailing on the Balance Sheet date and unrealized exchange differences are recorded in our consolidated income statement. In October 2015, we determined that certain U.S. loan to foreign subsidiaries are long-term investments. Therefore, exchange gain/(loss) arising from re-measurement of U.S. loans were recorded in the Cumulative Translation Adjustment accounts.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we recognized $0.6 million of exchange losses arising from foreign currency transactions and re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities dominated in non-functional currency on balance sheet date.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, 1.27% of our revenue was denominated in RMB and less than 1% of revenue was denominated in NT dollars. In the year ended December 31, 2016, 18.6% of our operating expenses were denominated in RMB and 35.5% of our operating expenses were denominated in NT dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates directly affect our cost of goods sold and net income, and have a significant impact on our operating margins. If exchange rates of RMB and NT dollars for U.S. dollars were 1% higher during the year ended December 31, 2016, our operating expenses would have been higher by $0.3 million.

 

As of December 31, 2016, we held the U.S. dollar denominated liabilities net of assets of approximately $2.1 million in our China subsidiary and $7.6 million in our Taiwan branch. With respect to these U.S. Dollar denominated net liabilities as of December 31, 2016, if exchange rates of RMB and NT dollars for U.S. dollars were 1.0% higher during the year ended December 31, 2016, our other operating expenses would have been reduced by $0.1 million. Any significant revaluation of the RMB and NT dollars may materially and adversely affect the cash flows, revenues, and net income as reported in U.S. Dollars.

 

We currently do not use derivative financial instruments to mitigate this exposure. We continue to review this issue and may consider hedging certain foreign exchange risks through the use of currency forwards or options in future years.

 

Item 8.         Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes set forth on pages F-1 through F-30 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

 

Item 9.         Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A.      Controls and Procedures

 

a.          Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered in this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

58


 

 

b.          Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the issuer’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the issuer’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that our degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K based on the framework in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

c.          Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with management’s evaluation required by the Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.         Other Information

 

Not applicable.

 

59


 

PART III

 

Item 10.         Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The information required regarding our directors is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “Proxy Statement”), a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

The information required regarding our executive officers is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Management” in our Proxy Statement.

 

The information required regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

 

The information required with respect to procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our board of directors, the composition of our Audit Committee, and whether the Company has an “audit committee financial expert”, is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

 

Adoption of Code of Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) applicable to all of our board of director members, employees and executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer). The Company has made the Code available on our website at http://www.ao-inc.com.

 

The Company intends to satisfy the public disclosure requirements regarding (1) any amendments to the Code, or (2) any waivers under the Code given to our Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer by posting such information on our website at www.ao-inc.com. There were no amendments to the Code or waivers granted thereunder relating to the Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer or Principal Accounting Officer during 2016.

 

Item 11.         Executive Compensation

 

The information required regarding the compensation of our directors and executive officers is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” in our Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12.         Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required regarding security ownership of our 5% or greater stockholders and of our directors and management is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our Proxy Statement.

 

The information required regarding securities authorized for issuance our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Employee Benefit Plans” in our Proxy Statement.

 

Item 13.         Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information required regarding related transactions is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14.         Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required by Part III, Item 14, regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

60


 

Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15.         Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

See the Exhibit Index which follows the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Financial statement schedules have been omitted, as the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

61


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 9, 2017.

 

 

APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

 

 

Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 9, 2017

 

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin and Stefan J. Murry, and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

Date

 

 

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

 

Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin,

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and

March 9, 2017

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

 

/s/ STEFAN J. MURRY

 

Stefan J. Murry,

 

Chief Financial Officer

March 9, 2017

(principal financial officer and

 

principal accounting officer)

 

 

 

Signature

Date

 

 

/s/ William H. Yeh

 

William H. Yeh,

March 9, 2017

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Richard B. Black

 

Richard B. Black,

March 9, 2017

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Che-Wei Lin

 

Che-Wei Lin,

March 9, 2017

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Alex Ignatiev

 

Alex Ignatiev,

March 9, 2017

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Alan Moore

 

Alan Moore,

March 9, 2017

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Min-Chu (Mike) Chen

 

Min-Chu (Mike) Chen,

March 9, 2017

Director

 

 

 

 

62


 

Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1 

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

3.1

 

November 14, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2 

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, as currently in effec

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

3.2

 

November 14, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1 

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

4.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2 

 

Form of Shareholders’ Agreement

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

4.2

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3 

 

Common Stock Specimen

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

4.1

 

November 14, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1 

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant each of its Directors and certain of its Executive Officers

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2 

1998 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.2

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.1

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.2.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.2

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.2.2

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3 

2000 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.3

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.1

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.3.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.2

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.3.2

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4 

2004 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.4

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.1

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.4.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5 

2006 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.5

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5.1

First Amendment to 2006 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1/A

 

333-190591

 

10.5.1

 

August 27, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5.2

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Incentive Share Plan

 

S-1/A

 

333-190591

 

10.5.2

 

August 27, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6 

†*

Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6.1

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.6.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6.2

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.6.2

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6.3

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.6.3

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6.4

Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.6.4

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.7.1

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement effective June 15, 2012 between the registrant and 12808 W. Airport,  LLC

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.7.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7.2

 

Third Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between the Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and 12808 Airport, LLC dated July 21, 2014

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

July 25, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8 

 

Translation of Chinese lease agreement dated January 10, 2012 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 4F, NO.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.8

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8.1

 

Translation of Chinese Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated August 28, 2013 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 4F, No.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.4

 

November 14, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9 

 

Translation of Chinese lease agreement dated April 1, 2012 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 6-7F, NO.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.9

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9.1

 

Translation of Chinese Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated August 28, 2013 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 6-7F, No.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.5

 

November 14, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10 

 

Translation of Chinese lease agreement dated September 11, 2013 between the registrant and Admiral Overseas Corporation for space on 5F, No.700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

November 14, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11 

 

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective May 20, 2009 between registrant and United Commercial Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.1 

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective May 3, 2010 between the registrant and East West Bank (as successor in interest to United Commercial Bank)

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.2 

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective October 28, 2010 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.2

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.3 

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective December 6, 2010 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.3

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

64


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.11.4 

 

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective May 5, 2011 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.4

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.5 

 

Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective November 30, 2011 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.5

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.6 

 

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective March 29, 2012 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.6

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.7 

 

Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective June 29, 2012 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.7

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.8 

 

Eighth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective November 2, 2012 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.8

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.9 

 

Ninth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective April 11, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.10.9

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.10 

 

Tenth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective September 10, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

S-1/A

 

333-190591

 

10.10.10

 

September 11, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.11 

 

Eleventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective November 13, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

November 19, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.12 

 

Twelfth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement effective December 11, 2013 between the registrant and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

December 17, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11.13 

 

Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank

 

10-K

 

001-36083

 

10.11.13

 

March 6, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12 

 

Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank

 

10-K

 

001-36083

 

10.11.12

 

March 6, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13 

 

Translation of Chinese Loan Agreement dated December 31, 2013 between the registrant and E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

10-K

 

001-36083

 

10.13

 

March 6, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14 

 

Translation of Chinese Loan Agreement dated December 20, 2013 between the registrant and Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

10-K

 

001-36083

 

10.14

 

March 6, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.15 

Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, dated January 28, 2007

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.12

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15.1 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, dated April 16, 2013

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.12.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15 

Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Stefan J. Murry, dated January 28, 2007

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.13

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16 

Employment Agreement regarding Change of Control or Separation of Service between the registrant and Shu-Hua (Joshua) Yeh, dated June 1, 2012

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.14

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17 

Employment Agreement between the registrant and James L. Dunn, Jr., dated April 16, 2013

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.15

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18 

Employment Agreement between the registrant and Hung-Lun (Fred) Chang, dated April 16, 2013

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

10.16

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19 

 

Translation of Lease Agreement dated March 18, 2014 between the Company and Taiwan Furniture Manufacturers’ Association for office space at 2F, No. 700, Jhongjheng Rd., Jhonghe District, New Taipei City 23552, Taiwan (R.O.C.).

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

1.2

 

March 25, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20 

 

Translation of Lease Agreement dated April 1, 2014 between the Company and Taiwan Asset Management Corporation for office and manufacturing space at No. 18, Gong 4th Rd., Gong’er Industrial Park, Linkou District, New Taipei City 244, Taiwan (R.O.C.)

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

1.01

 

April 7, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21 

 

Business Loan Agreement, dated July 15, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

July 18, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21.1 

 

Commercial Security Agreement, dated July 15, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

July 18, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21.2 

 

Promissory Note, dated July 15, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

July 18, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22 

 

Business Loan Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

August 5, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22.1 

 

Commercial Security Agreement, dated July 31, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

August 5, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.22.2 

 

Promissory Note, dated July 31, 2014, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

August 5, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23 

 

Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank – Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12 million (Schedule updated as of June 30, 2014)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

August 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24 

 

Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank - Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3.3 million (Schedule updated as of June 30, 2014)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

August 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25 

 

Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank – Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12 million (Schedule updated as of September 30, 2014)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.4

 

November 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26 

 

Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank - Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3.3 million (Schedule updated as of September 30, 2014)

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.5

 

November 12, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27 

 

Loan Agreement, dated January 6, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and CTBC Bank Co. Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

January 12, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28 

 

Construction Loan Agreement, dated January 26, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

January 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28.1 

 

Commercial Security Agreement, dated January 26, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

January 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28.2 

 

Promissory Note, dated January 26, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

January 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29 

 

Translation of Chinese form of RMB Working Capital Loan Agreement between the Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank – Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $12 million (Schedule updated as of December 31, 2014)

 

10-K

 

001-36083

 

10.29

 

March 5, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30 

 

Translation of Chinese form of USD Trust Receipt Loan Agreement between Global Technology Inc. and China Construction Bank - Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $3.3 million (Schedule updated as of December 31, 2014)

 

10-K

 

001-36083

 

10.30

 

March 5, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

67


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.31 

 

Translation of $4 Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated March 9, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

March 13, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31.1 

 

Translation of $3 Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated March 9, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

March 13, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31.2 

 

Translation of Loan Approval Notice of E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., dated March 12, 2015

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

March 13, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32 

 

Translation of US$4 Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated March 25, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33 

 

Translation of Comprehensive Credit Line Contract and General Agreement, dated April 1, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and China Construction Bank, Taipei Branch

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

April 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33.1 

 

Translation of Approval Notice of China Construction Bank, Taipei Branch

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

April 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34 

 

Translation of Purchase and Sale Contract between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

June 2, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34.1 

 

Translation of Finance Lease Agreement between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

June 2, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35 

 

Fourth Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and 12808 Airport, LLC dated June 17, 2015

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

June 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36 

 

Credit Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, among Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., East West Bank and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.1 

 

Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, among Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., East West Bank and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.2 

 

Patent Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, among Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., East West Bank and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.3 

 

Trademark Security Agreement, dated June 30, 2015, among Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., East West Bank and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.4

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.4 

 

East West Bank Promissory Note, dated June 30, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.5

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.5 

 

Comerica Bank Promissory Note, dated June 30, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.6

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.36.6 

 

2 nd Lien Construction Deed of Trust, dated June 30, 2015, among Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., East West Bank and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.7

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37 

 

Translation of Purchase and Sale Contract between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37.1 

 

Translation of Finance Lease Agreement and Promissory Note between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

July 7, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38 

 

Office Lease Agreement between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and GIG VAOI Breckinridge, LLC dated November 5, 2015

 

10-Q

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

November 9, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39 

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. Executive and Key Employee Bonus Plan

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

December 21, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40 

 

Translation of US$2Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

December 29, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.41 

 

Translation of US$4 Million Credit Facility Agreement, dated December 22, 2015, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

December 29, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42 

 

Translation of the Terms of Credit Line, dated January 4, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42.1 

 

General Agreement for Omnibus Credit Lines, dated February 19, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42.2 

 

Agreement for Individually Negotiated Terms & Conditions, dated February 19, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42.3 

 

NT$200 Million Promissory Note, dated February 19, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.4

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42.4 

 

NT$120 Million Promissory Note, dated February 19, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.5

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42.5 

 

Certificate for Provision of Collateral and Pledge Agreement, dated February 19, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.6

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.42.6 

 

NT$120 Promissory Note (Certificate of Deposit), dated February 19, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and China Trust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.7

 

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43 

 

Translation of Purchase and Sale Contract, Finance Lease Agreement and Promissory Note between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

April 6, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44 

 

Translation of the General Crediting Agreement, dated April 8, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

April 14, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44.1 

 

Translation of the Promissory Note, dated April 8, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

April 14, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44.2 

 

Translation of Loan Approval Notice by E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

April 14, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45 

 

Translation of Comprehensive Credit Line Contract and General Agreement, dated April 22, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch, and China Construction Bank, Taipei Branch

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

April 28, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45.1 

 

Translation of Approval Notice of China Construction Bank, Taipei Branch, dated March 29, 2016

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

April 28, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45.2 

 

Translation of the Promissory Note, dated April 22, 2016 between China Construction Bank – Taipei Branch and Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Taiwan Branch

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

April 28, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46 

 

Change in Terms Agreement, dated June 14, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

June 17, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46.1 

 

Notice of Final Agreement, dated June 14, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

June 17, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46.2 

 

Modification to the Construction Loan Agreement, dated June 14, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

June 17, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47 

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Limited Consent, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., East West Bank and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.1 

 

$17,500,000 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.2 

 

$2,500,000 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

10.47.3 

 

$5,000,000 Amended and Restated Term Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.4

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.4 

 

$5,000,000 Term Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Comerica Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.5

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.5 

 

$17,500,000 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.6

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.6 

 

$2,500,000 Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.7

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.7 

 

$5,000,000 Amended and Restated Term Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.8

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.8 

 

$5,000,000 Term Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.9

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47.9 

 

First Modification to Promissory Note, dated June 24, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.10

 

June 30, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.48 

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Stefan J. Murry

 

10-Q/A

 

001-36083

 

10.20

 

August 9, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.48.1 

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Mr. Joshua Yeh

 

10-Q/A

 

001-36083

 

10.21

 

August 9, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.48.2 

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Dr. Fred Chang

 

10-Q/A

 

001-36083

 

10.22

 

August 9, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.49 

 

Change in Terms Agreement, dated October 5, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.1

 

October 7, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.49.1 

 

Notice of Final Agreement, dated October 5, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.2

 

October 7, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.49.2 

 

Second Modification to the Construction Loan Agreement, dated October 5, 2016, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and East West Bank

 

8-K

 

001-36083

 

10.3

 

October 7, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1 

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant

 

S-1

 

333-190591

 

21.1

 

August 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1 

*

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1 

 

Power of Attorney (see the signature page in this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated By Reference

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

31.1 

*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2 

*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1 

*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document


*     Filed herewith.

†     Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

 

72


 

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Pages

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

F-3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations  

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity  

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

F-7

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

F-8

 

 

F - 1


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

 

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Houston, TX

 

March 9, 2017

 

F - 2


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

50,224

 

$

28,074

 

Restricted cash

 

 

1,732

 

 

4,719

 

Short-term investments

 

 

44

 

 

7,886

 

Accounts receivable - trade, net of allowance of $31 and $51, respectively

 

 

49,766

 

 

38,775

 

Inventories

 

 

51,817

 

 

66,238

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,969

 

 

8,236

 

Total current assets

 

 

157,552

 

 

153,928

 

Cash restricted for construction in progress

 

 

8

 

 

 —

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $49,175 and $37,970, respectively

 

 

144,098

 

 

109,699

 

Land use rights, net

 

 

778

 

 

854

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

3,993

 

 

3,900

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

11,421

 

 

 —

 

Other assets, net

 

 

4,468

 

 

5,094

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

322,318

 

$

273,475

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of notes payable and long-term debt

 

$

7,865

 

$

30,908

 

Accounts payable

 

 

36,375

 

 

28,668

 

Bank acceptance payable

 

 

307

 

 

2,998

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

15,426

 

 

11,506

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

59,973

 

 

74,080

 

Notes payable and long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

34,961

 

 

33,997

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

94,934

 

 

108,077

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock; 5,000 shares authorized at $0.001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 or 2015, respectively

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Common Stock; 45,000 shares authorized at $0.001 par value; 18,400 and 16,839 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

 

18

 

 

17

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

265,264

 

 

233,336

 

Accumulated other comprehensive gain

 

 

(885)

 

 

292

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(37,013)

 

 

(68,247)

 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

227,384

 

 

165,398

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

$

322,318

 

$

273,475

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 3


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Revenue, net

 

$

260,713

 

$

189,903

 

$

130,449

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

173,759

 

 

129,450

 

 

86,203

 

Gross profit

 

 

86,954

 

 

60,453

 

 

44,246

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

31,780

 

 

20,852

 

 

15,970

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

6,627

 

 

6,381

 

 

6,043

 

General and administrative

 

 

25,527

 

 

19,771

 

 

17,095

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

63,934

 

 

47,004

 

 

39,108

 

Income from operations

 

 

23,020

 

 

13,449

 

 

5,138

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

247

 

 

328

 

 

369

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1,717)

 

 

(1,018)

 

 

(326)

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(547)

 

 

(1,591)

 

 

(699)

 

Total other expense

 

 

(2,017)

 

 

(2,281)

 

 

(656)

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

21,003

 

 

11,168

 

 

4,482

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

10,231

 

 

(375)

 

 

(199)

 

Net income

 

$

31,234

 

$

10,793

 

$

4,283

 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.82

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.30

 

Diluted

 

$

1.76

 

$

0.65

 

$

0.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

17,201,731

 

 

15,626,753

 

 

14,307,477

 

Diluted

 

 

17,712,928

 

 

16,532,850

 

 

15,186,961

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 4


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Net income

 

$

31,234

 

$

10,793

 

$

4,283

 

Loss on foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

(1,177)

 

 

(1,633)

 

 

(439)

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

30,057

 

$

9,160

 

$

3,844

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F - 5


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years ended December 2014, 2015 and 2016

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock 

 

Additional

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

 

 

paid-in

 

comprehensive

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders'

 

 

    

of shares

    

Amount

    

of shares

    

Amount

    

capital

    

gain

    

deficit

    

equity

 

January 1, 2014

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

12,644

 

$

13

 

 

144,023

 

$

2,364

 

$

(83,323)

 

$

63,077

 

Public offering of common stock, net

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

2,025

 

 

2

 

 

45,679

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

45,681

 

Issuance of shares under equity plans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

33

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Stock options exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

103

 

 

 —

 

 

365

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

365

 

Warrants exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

19

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Stock based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,045

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,045

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,283

 

 

4,283

 

Loss on foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(439)

 

 

 —

 

 

(439)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

14,824

 

$

15

 

$

192,112

 

$

1,925

 

$

(79,040)

 

$

115,012

 

Public offering of common stock, net

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1,857

 

 

2

 

 

38,646

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

38,648

 

Issuance of shares under equity plans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

77

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Stock options exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

81

 

 

 —

 

 

452

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

452

 

Stock based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,120

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,120

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

10,793

 

 

10,793

 

Loss on foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,633)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,633)

 

Other

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6

 

December 31, 2015

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

16,839

 

$

17

 

$

233,336

 

$

292

 

$

(68,247)

 

$

165,398

 

Public offering of common stock, net

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1,126

 

 

1

 

 

27,236

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

27,237

 

Issuance of shares under equity plans

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

276

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Stock options exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

159

 

 

 —

 

 

859

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

859

 

Stock based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,833

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,833

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

31,234

 

 

31,234

 

Loss on foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,177)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,177)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

18,400

 

$

18

 

$

265,264

 

$

(885)

 

$

(37,013)

 

$

227,384

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F - 6


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

31,234

 

$

10,793

 

$

4,283

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lower of Cost or Market Adjustment

 

 

3,707

 

 

2,832

 

 

941

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

14,188

 

 

9,424

 

 

6,169

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

 

(11,426)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

126

 

 

78

 

 

12

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

3,833

 

 

2,120

 

 

2,061

 

Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain)

 

 

(937)

 

 

2,462

 

 

1,288

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, trade

 

 

(11,147)

 

 

(7,531)

 

 

(9,703)

 

Notes receivable

 

 

 —

 

 

977

 

 

(977)

 

Inventories

 

 

10,207

 

 

(37,502)

 

 

(16,105)

 

Other current assets

 

 

4,119

 

 

(2,624)

 

 

(745)

 

Accounts payable

 

 

9,105

 

 

(1,258)

 

 

18,947

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

4,095

 

 

5,017

 

 

2,359

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

57,104

 

 

(15,212)

 

 

8,530

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of short-term investments

 

 

 —

 

 

(175)

 

 

(246)

 

Maturities of short-term investments

 

 

7,752

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Change in restricted cash for construction in progress

 

 

(8)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(49,442)

 

 

(57,080)

 

 

(41,129)

 

Proceeds from disposal of equipment

 

 

14

 

 

351

 

 

47

 

Deposits and deferred charges

 

 

688

 

 

(4,238)

 

 

(720)

 

Purchase of intangible assets

 

 

(547)

 

 

(478)

 

 

(3,340)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(41,543)

 

 

(61,620)

 

 

(45,388)

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and long-term debt

 

 

28,858

 

 

16,944

 

 

8,150

 

Principal payments of long-term debt and notes payable

 

 

(5,855)

 

 

(2,413)

 

 

(8,076)

 

Proceeds from line of credit borrowings

 

 

117,172

 

 

144,386

 

 

53,658

 

Repayments of line of credit borrowings

 

 

(163,068)

 

 

(121,386)

 

 

(50,733)

 

Proceeds from bank acceptance payable

 

 

5,850

 

 

8,257

 

 

5,925

 

Repayments of bank acceptance payable

 

 

(8,398)

 

 

(6,361)

 

 

(6,986)

 

Repayments of note payable

 

 

(1,000)

 

 

(1,000)

 

 

(1,000)

 

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

 

 

2,987

 

 

(4,419)

 

 

266

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

859

 

 

452

 

 

365

 

Proceeds from common stock offering, net

 

 

27,237

 

 

38,648

 

 

45,681

 

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

6

 

 

 —

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

4,642

 

 

73,114

 

 

47,250

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

1,947

 

 

(383)

 

 

(223)

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

 

 

22,150

 

 

(4,101)

 

 

10,169

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

28,074

 

 

32,175

 

 

22,006

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

50,224

 

$

28,074

 

$

32,175

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for (received from):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

1,689

 

$

1,070

 

$

329

 

Income taxes

 

 

(12)

 

 

650

 

 

148

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of intangible assets with notes payable

 

$

 

$

 

$

3,000

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 7


 

Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

 

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (“AOI” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Texas on February 28, 1997. In March 2013, the Company converted into a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily for four networking end-markets: internet data center, cable television, fiber-to-the-home and telecommunications. The Company designs and manufactures a range of optical communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment.

 

Prime World International Holdings, Ltd. (“Prime World”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands on January 13, 2006. Prime World is the parent company of Global Technology, Inc. (“Global”). Global was established in June 2002 in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and was acquired by Prime World on March 30, 2006. Prime World also operates a division in Taiwan, which is qualified to do business in Taiwan and primarily manufactures transceivers and performs research and development activities.

 

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

1.             Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

2.             Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in the prior year’s financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  This reclassification includes the presentation of revenue in Note N – Segment and Geographic Revenue.  In 2015, revenue by geographic region was reclassified between the United States, Taiwan and China to conform to the current year presentation by classifying consigned inventory revenue based on manufacturing location rather than consignment sale location.

 

3.             Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates and assumptions that impact these financial statements relate to, among other things, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, product warranty costs, share-based compensation expense, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, and taxes.

 

4.             Foreign Currency Translation

 

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign operations is the local currency. The assets and liabilities of these operations are translated at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date and sales and expenses are translated at monthly average rates. The resulting gains or losses from translation are included in a separate component of other comprehensive income. There is no tax effect on the foreign currency translation because it is management’s intent to reinvest the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries indefinitely. Transaction gains and losses resulting from re-measuring monetary asset and liability accounts that are denominated in a currency other than a subsidiary’s functional currency are included in net foreign exchange gain and loss and are included in net income except for intercompany long-term investment nature. The after-tax translation gain or losses from long-term investment nature of intercompany balances are treated as translation adjustments and included in comprehensive income.

 

F - 8


 

Table of Contents

5.             Fair Value

 

The carrying value of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and note receivable approximate their historical fair values due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of the debt approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the debt since it renews frequently at current interest rates. Management believes that the interest rates in effect at each year end represent the current market rates for similar borrowings.

 

The fair value measurement standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard characterizes inputs used in determining fair value according to a hierarchy that prioritized inputs based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1—Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

Level 3—Inputs that are not observable from objective sources, such as management’s internally developed assumptions used in pricing an asset or liability.

 

Assets and liabilities that are required to be fair valued on a recurring basis include money market funds, marketable securities, equity instruments and contingent consideration.

 

Money market funds are valued with Level 1 inputs, using quoted market prices, and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

6.             Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid securities with an original maturity of ninety days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash in foreign accounts was approximately $10.7 million and $8.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at U.S. financial institutions for which the combined account balances in individual institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $40.8 million of U.S. deposits were not covered by FDIC insurance. The Company has not experienced any losses and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk with such accounts.

 

7.             Restricted Cash/Compensating Balances

 

The Company is required to maintain a compensation deposit equal to 30% of its bank acceptance notes to vendors and a standby letter of credit issued for guaranty of its Taiwan credit facility with a China bank. The Company’s Taiwan subsidiary also uses time deposits for customs guarantees as well as compensation balances with a Taiwan bank for its credit facility. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the amount of restricted cash was $1.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

 

8.

Short-Term Investments

 

The Company invested its excess cash in bank certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company invested $0.0 million and $7.9 million in certificates of deposit in RMB currencies with Taiwan banks, respectively. The maturity dates ranged from 6 months to 12 months.

 

F - 9


 

Table of Contents

The Company arranged a revolving line of credit agreement with the same Taiwan bank by pledging 100% of its certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the pledged certificate of deposit for such arrangement amount was $0.0 and $7.9 million, respectively.     

 

9.             Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

The Company carries its accounts receivable at the net amount that it estimates to be collectible. An allowance for uncollectable accounts is maintained through a charge against operations. The allowance is determined by management review of outstanding amounts per customer, historical payments and the aging of accounts.

 

10.           Notes Receivable

 

The Company carries its bank acceptance receivables at face value or discounted value if they are interest bearing. The maturity date of the receivables are all within one year of the original issuance date and are carried at face value.

 

11.          Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

 

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk include cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places all cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions.

 

The Company performs ongoing credit valuations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require deposits or collateral to support customer receivables. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, its top five customers represented 87.8%, 81.8% and 72.0% of its revenue, respectively. In 2016, Amazon, Microsoft and Arris represented 54.6%, 18.3% and 5.8% of its revenue, respectively. In 2015, Amazon, Microsoft and Cisco respresented 52.5%, 11.6% and 10.4% of its revenue, respectively.  In 2014, Amazon, Cisco and a leading internet service provider represented 45.8%, 8.9% and 6.7% of its revenue, respectively.  The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 88.3%, and 80.0% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, Amazon and Arris represented 62.1% and 10.6% of total accounts receivable, respectively.  As of December 31, 2015, Amazon and Wesco represented 51.4% and 14.4% of total accounts receivable, respectively.

 

12.           Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average-cost method) or market. Work in process and finished goods includes materials, labor and allocated overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of its inventory on a periodic basis and provides write-offs for the value of estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand.

 

F - 10


 

Table of Contents

13.           Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company calculates depreciation using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Useful lives

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

20 - 40 years

 

 

 

 

 

Land improvements

 

10 years

 

 

 

 

 

Machinery and equipment

 

3 - 20 years

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

3 - 7 years

 

 

 

 

 

Computer equipment and software

 

3 - 10 years

 

 

 

 

 

Leasehold improvements

 

The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the improvement

 

 

 

 

 

Transportation equipment

 

5 years

 

 

Major improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Construction in progress represents property, plant and equipment under construction or being installed. Costs include original cost, installation, construction and other direct costs which include interest on borrowings used to finance the asset. Construction in progress is transferred to the appropriate fixed asset account and depreciation commences when the asset has been substantially completed and placed in service.

 

Land use rights allow the Company rights for 50 years to certain land in Ningbo, China on which the Company built a facility that included office space, manufacturing operations and employee dormitories. The land use rights are recorded at cost and are amortized on the straight-line basis over the useful life of the related contract. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054.

 

14.           Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of intellectual property that is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had 210 total patents issued. The costs incurred to obtain such patents have been capitalized and are being amortized over an estimated life of 20 years. The Company periodically evaluates its intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that a patent or trademark may not be applicable to the Company’s current products or is no longer in use. If such a determination is made, the intangible asset is impaired and the remaining value of the patent or trademark will be expensed at that time.

 

15.           Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , (“ASC 360”). Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment. In accordance with ASC 360, the Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When triggering event indicators are present, the Company obtains appraisals on an asset by asset basis, and will recognize an impairment loss when the sum of the appraised values is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. The appraised values, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the appraised values projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. The appraisals consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate for the value of the assets.

 

F - 11


 

Table of Contents

The measurement for such an impairment loss is then based on the fair value of the asset as determined by the appraisals.

 

16.           Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

ASC 220, Comprehensive Income , (“ASC 220”) establishes rules for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. ASC 220 requires that unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments be included in comprehensive income.

 

17.           Share-based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . Share-based compensation expense is recognized based on the estimated grant date fair value, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, in order to recognize compensation cost for those shares expected to vest. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the options.

 

18.           Revenue Recognition

 

The Company derives revenue from the manufacture and sale of fiber optic networking products. Revenue recognition follows the criteria of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with a customer, usually in the form of a customer purchase order; performance obligations have been satisfied; title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer; the price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company may offer units (samples) to current and potential customers at no charge for evaluation or qualification purposes.

 

19.           Product Warranty

 

The Company generally offers a one-year limited warranty for its products but it can extend for longer periods of three to five years for certain products sold to certain customers. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability for the amount of such costs at the time when product defective occurs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost to repair. While the Company believes that its warranty accrual is adequate, the actual warranty costs may exceed the accrual, cost of sales will increase in the future. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the amount of accrued warranty was $705,000 and $412,000, respectively.

 

20.            Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and amounted to approximately $157,000, $104,000 and $100,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

21.           Research and Development

 

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company receives reimbursement for certain development costs, which are capitalized when incurred, up to the reimbursable amount.

 

22.            Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes . The liability method is used to account for deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in the Company’s tax returns.

 

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it

F - 12


 

Table of Contents

recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

23.           New Accounting Standards

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows:  Restricted Cash, providing guidance on the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows.  ASU 2016-18 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2017, with early adoption permitted.  The amendments in this ASU would be applied using a retrospective approach.  The Company is evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on the financial statements.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU NO. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230):  Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments .  The ASU update addresses eight specific cash flow issues that currently result in diverse practices, including debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination and separately identifiable cash flows and applicable of the predominance principle.  ASU 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2017, with early adoption permitted.  The Company is evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on the financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, to simplify several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the following areas: accounting for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies; classifying excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows; accounting for forfeitures; classifying awards that permit share repurchases to satisfy statutory tax withholding requirements; classifying tax payments on behalf of employees on the statement of cash flows; and, for nonpublic entities only, determining the expected term and electing the intrinsic value measurement alternative for stock option awards. The new guidance is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and in the interim periods within those fiscal years. The guidance requires a mix of prospective, modified retrospective and retrospective transition. The Company expects to recognize approximately $1.3 million of windfall tax benefits as a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings   in the first quarter of 2017 upon adoption of ASU 2016-09.  .

  

On February 25, 2016, the FASB released Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases to complete its project to overhaul lease accounting. The ASU codifies ASC 842, Leases, which will replace the guidance in ASC 840. The new guidance will require lessees to recognize most leases on the balance sheet for capital and operating leases. The new guidance is effective for public business entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on its financial statements, by reviewing the standard itself as well as reviewing literature about the new standard produced by nationally-recognized accounting firms and other third parties.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The new guidance is intended to improve the recognition and measurement of financial instruments. The ASU affects public and private companies, not-for-profit organizations, and employee benefit plans that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities. The new guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is evaluating the impact of the accounting standard on its financial statements.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes during November 2015 , which simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes. This ASU provides presentation requirements to classify deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent in a statement of financial position. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted for any interim and annual financial statements that have not yet been issued. The ASU may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. We early adopted this standard effective December 31, 2015 on a retrospective basis which resulted in a reclassification of our net current deferred tax asset to the net non-current deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2015.

F - 13


 

Table of Contents

The adoption of this ASU had no impact on the balance sheet or income statement as the Company had a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2015.

 

The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory in July 2015 to require entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. Market could be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. The Company early adopted this ASU which had no material impact on the financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires the presentation of debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. ASU 2015-03 does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. Given the absence of authoritative guidance within ASU 2015-03 for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The Company early adopted this ASU which had no material impact on the financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in ASU 2015-14 defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year. Public business entities should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of the accounting standard on its financial statements.   In order to determine the effect of the new standard, during 2016 the Company attended live and web-based training sessions hosted by experts on the new standard, identified key areas in our business that could be affected by the standard and hosted internal training sessions on the new standard for accounting staff.  The Company has also began to evaluate its internal controls framework to identify any new controls that may be necessary to comply with the new standard.  Although this determination is subject to change as the Company continues to evaluate the new standard, based on our review to date, the Company does not believe that the new standard will have a material effect on our financial statements.  The Company plans to adopt the new standards after December 15, 2017.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern   (Subtopic 205-40), which provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial statements. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The update is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods thereafter.  In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company adopted this ASU, which resulted in a determination that no going concern disclosure is needed at this time.

 

 

NOTE C—EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic net income per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from options, restricted stock units and warrants outstanding during the period. In periods with net losses, normally dilutive shares become anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and dilutive earnings per share are the same.

 

F - 14


 

Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

31,234

 

$

10,793

 

$

4,283

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

17,202

 

 

15,627

 

 

14,307

  

Effective of dilutive options, restricted stock units and warrants

 

 

511

 

 

906

 

 

880

  

Diluted

 

 

17,713

 

 

16,533

 

 

15,187

  

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Basic

 

$

1.82

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.30

 

Diluted

 

$

1.76

 

$

0.65

 

$

0.28

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE D—INVENTORIES

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, inventories consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

Raw materials

 

$

21,518

 

$

22,240

 

Work in process and sub-assemblies

 

 

24,334

  

 

30,766

 

Finished goods

 

 

5,965

  

 

13,232

 

 

 

$

51,817

 

$

66,238

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the lower of cost or market adjustment expensed for inventory was $3.7 million, $2.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

NOTE E—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

 

(in thousands)

Land improvements

 

$

792

 

$

863

Building and improvements

 

 

69,368

 

 

27,255

Machinery and equipment

 

 

108,724

 

 

88,882

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

4,227

 

 

2,422

Computer equipment and software

 

 

6,836

 

 

5,615

Transportation equipment

 

 

236

 

 

294

 

 

 

190,183

 

 

125,331

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(49,175)

 

 

(37,970)

 

 

 

141,008

 

 

87,361

Construction in progress

 

 

1,989

 

 

21,237

Land

 

 

1,101

 

 

1,101

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

144,098

 

$

109,699

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment was $13.7 million $9.0 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was $0.0 million and $0.1 million of capitalized interest recorded in construction in progress, respectively

 

 

F - 15


 

Table of Contents

NOTE F—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

    

Gross

    

Accumulated

    

Intangible

 

 

 

Amount

 

amortization

 

assets, net

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Patents

 

$

5,987

 

$

(1,997)

 

$

3,990

 

Trademarks

 

 

14

  

 

(11)

 

 

3

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

6,001

 

$

(2,008)

 

$

3,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

    

Gross

    

Accumulated

 

Intangible

 

 

 

Amount

 

amortization

 

assets, net

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Patents

 

$

5,446

 

$

(1,551)

 

$

3,895

 

Trademarks

 

 

14

  

 

(9)

 

 

5

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

5,460

 

$

(1,560)

 

$

3,900

 

 

In 2014, the Company acquired an intangible asset from an unrelated company in the form of a license to various patents related to transceiver product technology. The weighted-average amortization period for the license is 10 years.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, amortization expense for intangible assets, included in general and administrative expenses on the income statement, was $0.5 million, $0.4   million and $0.4 million, respectively. The remaining weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is approximately 8.6 years.

 

At December 31, 2016, approximate amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

    

$

466

 

2018

 

 

466

 

2019

 

 

466

 

2020

 

 

466

 

2021

 

 

467

 

thereafter

 

 

1,662

 

 

 

$

3,993

 

 

 

NOTE G—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted prices

    

Significant

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

in active

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

markets for

 

observable

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

identical

 

remaining

 

unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets (Level 1)

 

inputs (Level 2)

 

inputs (Level 3)

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

50,224

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

50,224

 

Restricted cash

 

 

1,740

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

  

 

1,740

 

Short term investments

 

 

44

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

  

 

44

 

Total assets

 

$

52,008

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

52,008

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Bank acceptance payable

 

 

 —

 

$

307

  

 

 —

 

$

307

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 —

 

$

307

 

$

 —

 

$

307

 

 

F - 16


 

Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted prices

    

Significant

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

in active

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

markets for

 

observable

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

identical

 

remaining

 

unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets (Level 1)

 

inputs (Level 2)

 

inputs (Level 3)

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

28,074

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

28,074

 

Restricted cash

 

 

4,719

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

  

 

4,719

 

Short term investments

 

 

7,886

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

  

 

7,886

 

Total assets

 

$

40,679

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

40,679

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Bank acceptance payable

 

 

 —

 

$

2,998

  

 

 —

 

$

2,998

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 —

 

$

2,998

 

$

 —

 

$

2,998

 

 

 

NOTE H—NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank up to $25,000 with interest at LIBOR plus 2%, maturing June 30, 2018

 

$

 —

 

$

23,000

 

Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2%, maturing July 31, 2019

 

 

2,925

  

 

4,150

 

Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2%, maturing June 30, 2020

 

 

9,500

  

 

2,000

 

Term loan with a U.S. bank with monthly payments of principal and interest at LIBOR plus 2%, maturing January 26, 2022

 

 

21,670

  

 

8,588

 

Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $10,333 with interest based on the bank's corporate interest rate index+ 1.5%, or 1.7%, matured on November 30, 2016

 

 

 —

  

 

2,588

 

Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $6,600 with interest at Taiwan deposit index plus 0.41% or LIBOR plus 1.7%, maturing on February 6, 2017

 

 

 —

  

 

4,475

 

Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $6,000 with interest at Taiwan Time Deposit Interest Rate Index plus 1% or LIBOR plus 1%, matured on November 27, 2016

 

 

 —

  

 

3,407

 

Revolving line of credit with the Taiwan branch of a China bank up to $10,000 with interest at LIBOR plus 1.5% or Taiwan Interbank Offered Rate plus 0.9%, maturing March 15, 2017

 

 

 —

  

 

9,418

 

Notes payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 4.5% interest, maturing May 27, 2018 and June 30, 2018

 

 

2,919

  

 

4,851

 

Notes payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 4% interest, maturing March 31, 2019

 

 

5,812

  

 

 —

 

Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $13,300 with interest of 3.15% for 3-month term

 

 

 —

  

 

2,428

 

Total

 

 

42,826

  

 

64,905

 

Less current portion

 

 

(7,865)

  

 

(30,908)

 

Non-current portion

 

$

34,961

 

$

33,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank Acceptance Notes Payable

    

 

    

 

 

Bank acceptance notes issued to vendors with a zero percent interest rate, a 30% guarantee deposit of $638, and maturity dates ranging from January 2017 to March 2017

 

307

 

2,998

 

 

The current portion of long-term debt is the amount payable within one year of the balance sheet date of December 31, 2016.

 

F - 17


 

Table of Contents

Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt are as follows for the future years ending December 31(in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

    

$

7,865

 

2018

 

 

8,200

 

2019

 

 

5,034

 

2020

 

 

2,681

 

2021

 

 

700

 

2022 thereafter

 

 

18,346

 

Total outstanding

 

$

42,826

 

 

On June 24, 2016, the Company entered into a First Amendment to the Credit Agreement with East West Bank and Comerica Bank (“First Amendment”), a second lien deed of trust, multiple security agreements and promissory notes evidencing two credit facilities and a term loan originally entered into on June 30, 2015. The First Amendment increased the Company’s revolving lines of credit from $25 million to $40 million, which mature on June 30, 2018, and retains a $10.0 million term loan maturing on June 30, 2020. The First Amendment also provides for an additional $10.0 million equipment term loan with a one year drawdown period commencing on April 1, 2016 and maturing five years from the closing date of the First Amendment. The interest rate on these loans was lowered by the First Amendment from the LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75% or 3.0% to LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.0%. As of December 31, 2016, no balance was outstanding under the revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2016, $9.5 million was outstanding under the term loan.

 

The Company also has a term loan with East West Bank of $5.0 million with monthly payments of principal and interest that matures on July 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $2.9 million.

  

On June 24, 2016, the Company executed a Change in Terms Agreement, Notice of Final Agreement and Modification of the Construction Loan Agreement (“Modification Agreement”) to the Construction Loan Agreement with East West Bank for up to $22.0 million dollars to finance the construction of the Company’s campus expansion plan in Sugar Land, Texas, originally dated January 26, 2015. Upon signing the original Construction Loan Agreement, the Company deposited $11.0 million into a restricted bank account for owner’s contribution of construction costs. The Modification Agreement has a fifteen-month draw down period with monthly interest payments commencing on February 26, 2015 and ending on July 31, 2016. Thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-six month term loan with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred months. The first principal and interest payment commenced on August 26, 2016, and continue the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. The Company may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than due. Under the Construction Loan Agreement, the loan bears interest at an annual rate based on the one-month LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.75%, and the interest rate is reduced to LIBOR Borrowing Rate plus 2.0% under the Modification Agreement. 

 

On September 27, 2016, the Company executed a Change in Terms Agreement, Notice of Final Agreement and Second Modification to the Construction Loan Agreement (“Second Modifications”) to the Construction Loan Agreement with East West Bank. The Second Modifications amends and restates in part the Company’s Promissory Note and Construction Loan Agreement, which was originally executed on January 26, 2015, and the Modification Agreement. The draw down period end date, under the Second Modifications, was amended from July 31, 2016 to September 30, 2016. And thereafter, the entire outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a sixty-four (64) month term loan, amended from a sixty (66) month term loan, with principal and interest payments due monthly amortized over three hundred (300) months. The first principal and interest payment was due on October 26, 2016 and will continue on the same day of each month thereafter. The final principal and interest payment is due on January 26, 2022 and will include all unpaid principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. Except as expressly changed by the Second Modifications, the terms of the original obligation and the Modification Agreement remain unchanged. As of December 31, 2016, $21.7 million was outstanding under the construction loan.

 

The loan and security agreements with East West Bank and Comerica Bank require the Company to maintain certain financial covenants, including a minimum cash balance, a current ratio, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. Collateral for the U.S. bank loans and line of credit includes substantially all of

F - 18


 

Table of Contents

the assets of the Company.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all covenants contained in these agreements.

 

On February 19, 2016, the Company’s Taiwan branch renewed and increased its credit facility originally dated January 6, 2015 with CTBC Bank Co. Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan for 320 million New Taiwan dollars, or approximately $10.3 million, one-year revolving credit facility. The obligations under the credit facility are unsecured up to $6.3 million; the remaining $4.0 million is available provided that the Company purchase the same amount of secured certificates of deposit with the bank. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at a rate based on the bank’s corporate interest rate index plus 1.5% for the unsecured portion of the credit facility and bank’s corporate interest rate index plus 0.93% for the secured portion of the credit facility, adjusted monthly. As of the execution of the credit facility, the bank’s corporate interest rate index is 0.71%. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance for the secured loan or under the unsecured credit facility and both credit facilities expired without renewal.

 

On April 8, 2016, the Company’s Taiwan branch renewed its 90 million New Taiwan dollars, or approximately $2.6 million, and 120 million New Taiwan dollars, or approximately $4.0 million, one-year revolving credit facilities, originally dated March 9, 2015, with E. Sun Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. in Taipei, Taiwan. Borrowings under the 90 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR plus 1.7% divided by 0.946. Borrowings under the 120 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to the bank’s personal monthly time deposit interest rate plus 0.480%. Any future borrowings under the 120 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility are available provided that the Company purchase certificates of deposit in amounts equal to the borrowing from the bank. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance under the 120 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility or under the 90 million New Taiwan dollars credit facility.

  

On December 22, 2015, the Company’s Taiwan branch renewed its $4.0 million credit facility, originally dated December 20, 2013, and entered into a $2.0 million, one-year revolving credit facility agreement with Mega International Commercial Bank (“Mega Bank”). Obligations under the $4.0 million credit facility are available provided that the Company purchase certificates of deposit in amounts equal to the borrowing from Mega Bank. Borrowings under the $4.0 million credit facility bear interest at a rate not less than the LIBOR borrowing rate plus 1.0%, divided by 0.946 for U.S. and other currency borrowings; New Taiwan dollars borrowings bear interest at a rate equal to the bank’s base lending rate plus 0.76%. Borrowings under the $2.0 million credit facility bear interest at a rate not less than the LIBOR borrowing rate plus 1.2%, divided by 0.946 for U.S. dollar borrowings; New Taiwan dollars borrowings bear interest at a rate equal to the bank’s base lending rate plus 0.76% but shall not be less than 1.90%; and other currency borrowings shall bear interest at a rate at the bank’s based lending rate plus 1.0%, divided by 0.946. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance under either credit facility and both credit facilities expired without renewal.

 

On April 22, 2016, the Company’s Taiwan branch entered into a Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement originally dated April 1, 2015, with the Taipei branch of China Construction Bank, providing a revolving credit line of $10 million, maturing on March 15, 2017. Borrowings under the Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement are secured by a standby letter of credit issued by the China branch of the bank under existing agreements between the bank and the Company’s China subsidiary. Borrowings under the Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement reduce the amounts available under the existing credit line between the bank and the Company’s China subsidiary and cannot exceed 97% of the amount of the standby letter of credit issued by the China branch of the bank. Borrowings under the Comprehensive Credit Line Agreement bear interest at a rate negotiated separately for each drawing depending on the nature of the borrowings. As of December 31, 2016, there was no outstanding balance under this credit facility.

 

On June 30, 2015, the Company’s Taiwan branch entered into a Purchase and Sale Contract and a Finance Lease Agreement with Chailease Finance Co, Ltd. (“Chailease”) in connection with certain equipment, structured as a sale lease-back transaction. Pursuant to the sale contract, the Company’s Taiwan branch sold certain equipment to Chailease for a purchase price of 115,240,903 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $3.7 million, and simultaneously leased the equipment back from Chailease pursuant to the Finance Lease Agreement. The monthly lease payments range from 2,088,804 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.1 million, to 2,364,650 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.1 million, during the term of the Finance Lease Agreement, including an initial payment in an amount of 40,240,903 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $1.3 million. The Finance Lease Agreement has a three-year term, with monthly payments, maturing on May 27 and June 30, 2018 respectively. The title to the equipment will be transferred to the Company’s Taiwan branch upon the expiration of the Finance Lease Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, $2.9 million was outstanding under this Finance Lease Agreement.

 

F - 19


 

Table of Contents

On March 31, 2016, the Company’s Taiwan branch entered into a Purchase and Sale Contract and a Finance Lease Agreement with Chailease in connection with certain equipment, structured as a sale lease-back transaction. Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Contract, the Company’s Taiwan branch sold certain equipment to Chailease for a purchase price of 312,927,180 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $10.1 million, and simultaneously leased the equipment back from Chailease pursuant to the Finance Lease Agreement. The Finance Lease Agreement has a three-year term with monthly lease payments range from 6,772,500 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.2 million, to 7,788,333 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $0.3 million, during the term of the Finance Lease Agreement, including an initial payment in an amount of 62,927,180 New Taiwan dollars, approximately $2.0 million. Based on the payments made under the Finance Lease Agreement, the annual interest rate is calculated to be 4.0%. The title to the equipment will be transferred to the Company’s Taiwan branch upon the expiration of the Finance Lease Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, $5.8 million was outstanding under this Finance Lease Agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s Chinese subsidiary had credit facilities with China Construction Bank totaling $13.2 million, which can be drawn in U.S. currency, RMB currency, issuing bank acceptance notes to vendors with different interest rates or issuing standby letters of credit. The Company pledged the land use rights and buildings of our Chinese subsidiary as collateral for the credit facility. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s Chinese subsidiary used $10.0 million of its credit facility to issue standby letters of credit as collateral for the Company’s Taiwan branch line of credit with China Construction Bank. As of December 31, 2016, no balance was outstanding for the U.S. currency based loan. The outstanding balances of bank acceptance notes issued to vendors were $0.3 million with zero interest rate as of December 31, 2016.

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $75.8 million and $37.7 million of unused borrowing capacity, respectively.

 

One-month LIBOR rates were 0.77167% and 0.42950% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there was $1.7 million and $12.6 million of restricted cash, investments or security deposit associated mainly with the loan facilities, respectively.

 

NOTE I—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Accrued payroll

 

$

9,231

 

$

6,757

 

Accrued rent

 

 

959

  

 

792

 

Accrued employee benefits

 

 

1,572

  

 

1,379

 

Accrued state and local taxes

 

 

607

  

 

372

 

Accrued income taxes

 

 

974

 

 

 —

 

Advance payments

 

 

252

  

 

1,258

 

Accrued product warranty

 

 

705

  

 

412

 

Accrued commission expenses

 

 

205

 

 

 —

 

Accrued professional fees

 

 

163

 

 

 —

 

Accrued other

 

 

758

  

 

536

 

 

 

$

15,426

 

$

11,506

 

 

 

F - 20


 

Table of Contents

NOTE J—OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

Other income and expense consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Foreign exchange transaction loss

 

 

(617)

 

 

(1,847)

 

 

(1,002)

 

Government subsidy income

 

 

164

 

 

217

 

 

271

 

Other non-operating gain

 

 

32

 

 

117

 

 

44

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

 

(126)

 

 

(78)

 

 

(12)

 

 

 

$

(547)

 

$

(1,591)

 

$

(699)

 

 

 

NOTE K—INCOME TAXES

 

The sources of the Company’s income from operations before income taxes were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Domestic

 

$

10,047

 

$

14,062

 

1,226

 

Foreign

 

 

10,956

  

 

(2,894)

 

3,256

 

Total income before income taxes

 

$

21,003

 

$

11,168

 

4,482

 

 

The provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Current:

 

(in thousands)

 

Federal

 

$

(15)

 

$

168

 

$

193

 

State

 

 

256

  

 

207

  

 

6

 

Foreign

 

 

962

  

 

 —

  

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

1,203

 

$

375

 

$

199

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(10,794)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

State

 

 

(130)

  

 

 —

  

 

 —

 

Foreign

 

 

(510)

  

 

 —

  

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

(11,434)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

(10,231)

 

$

375

 

$

199

 

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result principally from net operating losses, different methods of recognizing depreciation, reserve for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves for obsolescence and accrued vacation,

F - 21


 

Table of Contents

together with timing differences between book and tax reporting. At December 31, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following approximate amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

NOL carryforward

 

$

12,866

 

$

14,318

 

Inventory reserves

 

 

869

 

 

1,616

 

AMT credit

 

 

424

 

 

347

 

Unrealized gains and losses

 

 

(6)

 

 

1,549

 

Stock compensation

 

 

1,453

 

 

1,084

 

Fixed assets and intangibles

 

 

(2,777)

 

 

(4,432)

 

Other

 

 

255

 

 

244

 

 

 

 

13,084

 

 

14,726

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

(1,663)

 

 

(14,726)

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

$

11,421

 

$

 —

 

 

The valuation allowance was established to reduce the deferred tax asset for the amount that will likely not be realized. This reduction was primarily necessary due to the uncertainty of the Company’s ability to utilize all of the net operating loss carry forwards. The valuation allowance decreased by $13.1 million in 2016 and increased by approximately $2.1 million in 2015. The decrease in 2016 was primarily the result of the removal of our valuation allowance on U.S. and Taiwan deferred income tax assets.  The increase in 2015 was primarily the result of current year changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, including increases in our net operating loss carryforwards.

 

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. In considering whether or not to continue to maintain the valuation allowance, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including: historical profits and losses, forecasts of future profits or losses, and trends in the industries that the Company serves that may affect its ability to continue to generate profits. Objective evidence, such as historical losses, limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as its projections for future growth.

 

On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2016, a valuation allowance of $1.7 million has been recorded to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are increased or if objective negative evidence is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as its projections for growth.

 

The Company has a U.S. net operating loss carry forward of approximately $37.7 million, which expires between 2025 and 2032. The Company also has U.S. research and development tax credits of $1.5 million, which expire between 2024 and 2036. The Company has a net operating loss carryforward from its China operations of approximately $8.3 million, which expires between 2017 and 2021. Utilization of U.S. net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards are subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 382. During 2015 and 2016, the Company updated its Section 382 analysis resulting in the recognition of additional utilizable net operating losses. Additional ownership changes could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforward before utilization.

 

The U.S. NOL carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits. The deferred tax assets recognized for those NOLs and tax credits are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits.

 

The Company has approximately $1.3 million of windfall tax benefits from previous stock option exercises that have not been recognized as of December 31, 2016. This amount will not be recognized until such time the deduction would reduce our U.S. income taxes payable. The Company used ASC 740 ordering when determining when excess tax benefits had been realized.  Effective January 1, 2017, the Company will adopt new guidance (ASU 2016-09) and will record excess tax benefits or tax deficiencies from stock based compensation to the consolidated statement of income within the provision for income taxes rather than in the consolidated balance sheet within additional paid-in capital.  However, the Company expects to recognize approximately $1.3 million of windfall tax benefits as a cumulative effect

F - 22


 

Table of Contents

adjustment to opening retained earnings   in the first quarter of 2017 upon adoption of ASU 2016-09.  See Note B “New Accounting Standards” for additional information.

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, to the Company’s effective income tax rate follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Expected taxes

 

$

7,351

 

$

3,797

 

$

1,524

 

Non-deductible/non-taxable items

 

 

565

  

 

157

  

 

138

  

Foreign rate differences

 

 

(654)

  

 

(1,267)

  

 

295

  

Foreign permanent differences

 

 

(1,005)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

 

 

(13,063)

  

 

2,052

  

 

(1,729)

  

Section 382 limitation

 

 

(3,065)

  

 

(4,382)

  

 

 —

  

Changes in tax laws or rates

 

 

(361)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other, net

 

 

1

  

 

18

  

 

(29)

  

Tax (benefit) expense

 

$

(10,231)

 

$

375

 

$

199

 

 

Foreign permanent differences includes the effects of this deduction, along with the effects of other foreign permanent differences and intercompany transactions.

 

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Prime World is a tax-exempt entity under the Income Tax Code of the British Virgin Islands.

 

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Global Technology, Inc., has enjoyed preferential tax concessions in China as a national high-tech enterprise.  In March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China adopted a uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global Technology, Inc. was recognized as a National high-tech enterprise in 2008 and was entitled to a 15% tax rate for a three year period from November 2008 to November 2014. Global Technology, Inc. renewed its National high-tech enterprise certificate and was therefore extended its three - year tax preferential status from November 2014 to September 2017. Effective January 1, 2016, China expanded the scope of the National high-tech enterprise to include additional deductions for qualifying research and development.

 

In general, it is the Company’s practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had not made a provision for U.S. or additional foreign withholding taxes on approximately $6.6 million of the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that is indefinitely reinvested. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investments in these foreign subsidiaries.  

 

As of December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit was $1.8 million, $1.8 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Unrecognized tax benefits — January 1

 

$

1,797

 

$

1,659

 

$

2,200

 

Gross increases — tax positions in prior period

 

 

 —

  

 

332

  

 

1,659

  

Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period

 

 

 —

  

 

(194)

  

 

(2,200)

  

Unrecognized tax benefits — December 31

 

$

1,797

 

$

1,797

 

$

1,659

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $1.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to U.S. tax benefits recognized for prior branch losses and research and development credits, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $1.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to U.S. tax benefits recognized for prior year branch losses.  If recognized, $1.8 million would have an impact on the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that none of its remaining unrecognized tax positions may be recognized by the end of 2017.

F - 23


 

Table of Contents

 

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. Related to the unrecognized tax benefits noted above, it has not accrued penalties or interest during 2016 as a result of net operating losses. During 2015, the Company also accrued no penalties or interest.

 

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s open tax years subject to examination in the U.S. federal and state jurisdictions are 2013 through 2015. To the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating loss or tax credit carryforward. The Company is subject to examination for tax years 2008 forward for various foreign jurisdictions.

 

NOTE L—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Equity Plans

 

The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the following equity plans:

 

·

the 1998 Share Incentive Plan

 

·

the 2000 Share Incentive Plan

 

·

the 2004 Share Incentive Plan

 

·

the 2006 Share Incentive Plan

 

·

the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”)

 

The Company issues stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. Stock option awards generally vest over a four year period and have a maximum term of ten years. Stock options under these plans have been granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Options and restrictive stock units (“RSUs”) may be granted from these plans. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in September 2013, the fair market value of the Company’s stock had been historically determined by the board of directors and from time to time with the assistance of third party valuation specialists.

 

Stock Options

 

Options have been granted to the Company’s employees under the five incentive plans and generally become exercisable as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary date following the date of grant and semi-annually thereafter. All options expire ten years after the date of grant.

 

F - 24


 

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of option activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Share Price

 

Weighted

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

Number of

 

Exercise

 

 on   Date of

 

Average

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

    

shares

    

Price

    

Exercise

    

Fair Value

    

Life

    

Value

 

 

(in thousands, except price data)

Outstanding, January 1, 2014

 

1,468

 

$

8.38

 

 

 

 

 

4.17

 

 

 

$

9,731

Granted

 

108

 

 

13.84

 

 

 

 

 

7.24

 

 

 

 

 —

Exercised

 

(104)

 

 

6.22

 

 

 

 

 

2.57

 

 

 

 

1,476

Forfeited

 

(48)

 

 

8.23

 

 

 

 

 

5.43

 

 

 

 

628

Expired

 

(1)

 

 

6.21

 

 

 

 

 

2.21

 

 

 

 

11

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

 

1,423

 

 

8.96

 

 

 

 

 

4.48

 

 

 

 

3,486

Exercised

 

(81)

 

 

7.09

 

$

16.53

 

 

2.62

 

 

 

 

762

Forfeited

 

(32)

 

 

8.96

 

 

 

 

 

4.43

 

 

 

 

212

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

 

1,310

 

 

9.07

 

 

 

 

 

4.59

 

 

 

 

10,598

Exercised

 

(159)

 

 

6.91

 

$

19.90

 

 

2.56

 

 

 

 

2,071

Forfeited

 

(21)

 

 

7.96

 

 

 

 

 

3.29

 

 

 

 

273

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

 

1,130

 

$

9.40

 

 

 

 

$

4.90

 

6.412

 

$

15,872

Exercisable, December 31, 2016

 

877

 

$

9.18

 

 

 

 

$

4.78

 

6.333

 

$

12,499

Vested and expected to vest

 

1,122

 

$

9.39

 

 

 

 

$

4.90

 

6.409

 

$

15,767

 

As of December 31, 2016, there was approximately $0.8 million of unrecognized stock option expense, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over 0.8 years.

 

Restricted Stock Unit/Awards

 

The following is a summary of RSU/RSA activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average   Share

 

Weighted

 

Aggregate

 

 

Number of

 

 Price on   Date

 

Average Fair

 

Intrinsic

 

    

shares

    

 of   Release

    

Value

    

Value

 

 

(in thousands, except price data)

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

 

Granted

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

18.45

 

 

 

Released

 

(33)

 

 

 

 

 

10.57

 

 

 

Cancelled/Forfeited

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

18.20

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

18.22

 

 

238

Granted

 

156

 

$

13.62

 

 

11.06

 

 

1,722

Released

 

(19)

 

 

 

 

 

18.24

 

 

257

Cancelled/Forfeited

 

(6)

 

 

 

 

 

10.00

 

 

99

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

 

152

 

 

 

 

 

11.20

 

 

2,611

Granted

 

497

 

 

 

 

 

15.73

 

 

7,815

Released

 

(122)

 

$

13.50

 

 

14.08

 

 

1,644

Cancelled/Forfeited

 

(10)

 

 

 

 

 

15.38

 

 

180

Outstanding, December 31, 2016

 

517

 

 

 

 

$

14.79

 

$

12,128

Exercisable, December 31, 2016

 

25

 

 

 

 

$

11.41

 

$

575

Vested and expected to vest

 

501

 

 

 

 

$

14.77

 

$

11,752

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs and RSAs outstanding at December 31, 2016 was $12.1 million. Unrecognized compensation expense related to these RSUs and RSAs at December 31, 2016 was $6.3 million. This expense is expected to be recognized over 2.91 years.

 

F - 25


 

Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting term of the award.

 

The Company estimated the fair value of employee stock options at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2014

    

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

  

52

%  

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

  

1.89

%  

 

 

 

 

Expected term (years)

  

6.25

  

 

 

 

 

Expected dividend yield

  

 —

  

 

 

 

 

Estimated forfeitures

  

7.50

%  

 

 

 

 

 

In 2016, the Company issued RSUs and RSAs as share-based compensation to employees and ceased issuing stock options. The Company estimates the fair value of RSU and RSA at the fair market value on the grant date and assumes an estimated forfeiture rate.

 

As there had been no market for the Company’s common stock prior to its initial public offering, the expected volatility for options granted to date was derived from an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with similar terms. The expected volatility had been determined using an average of the expected volatility reported by this peer group of companies. The Company used a risk free interest rate based on the 10-year Treasury as reported during the period. The expected term of the options had been determined utilizing the simplified method which calculates a simple average based on vesting period and option life. The Company does not anticipate paying dividends in the near future. Estimated forfeitures are based on historical experience and future work force projections.

 

Employee share-based compensation expenses recognized for the years ended December 31, were as follows:

 

Share-Based compensation - by expense type

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cost of goods sold

 

$

190

 

$

70

 

$

88

 

Research and development

 

 

591

  

 

230

  

 

115

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

357

  

 

217

  

 

98

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,695

  

 

1,603

  

 

1,760

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

3,833

 

$

2,120

 

$

2,061

 

 

Share-Based compensation - by award type

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Employee stock options

 

$

1,460

 

$

1,538

 

$

1,660

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

2,373

 

 

582

 

 

385

 

Warrants

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

16

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

$

3,833

 

$

2,120

 

$

2,061

 

 

 

NOTE M—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common Stock

 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 45,000,000 shares of common stock, all of which have been designated voting common stock.

 

F - 26


 

Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

 

Warrants

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no outstanding warrants to purchase common or preferred stock.

 

Public Offerings of Common Stock

 

On September 25, 2013, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 for its initial public offering was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The offering commenced on September 26, and the Company sold 3.6 million shares of its common stock in its initial public offering at a price of $10.00 per share, providing proceeds of $31.5 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s initial public offering closed on October 1, 2013.

 

On March 19, 2014, the Company sold 2.0 million shares of its common stock in a secondary offering at a price of $24.25 per share, providing proceeds of $45.7 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company’s sale of 1.6 million shares in the secondary offering closed on March 25, 2014 and the Company’s sale of an additional 0.4 million shares as a result of the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares closed on March 28, 2014.

 

On June 3, 2015, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission effective June 23, 2015, providing for the public offer and sale of certain securities of the Company from time to time, at its discretion, up to an aggregate amount of $140 million. In connection with the Company’s Form S-3, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (the “sales agent”) pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell shares of the Company’s stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $40 million (the “ATM Offering”) from time to time through the sales agent. On July 16, 2015, the Company commenced sales of common stock through the ATM Offering. The Company completed its ATM Offering in August 2015 and sold 1.9 million shares at a weighted average price of $21.54 per share, providing proceeds of $38.6 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

On October 17, 2016, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission effective November 1, 2016, providing for the public offer and sale of certain securities of the Company from time to time, at its discretion, up to an aggregate amount of $250 million. In connection with the Company’s Form S-3, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (the “sales agent”) pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell shares of the Company’s stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 million (the “Second ATM Offering”) from time to time through the sales agent. On November 22, 2016, the Company commenced sales of common stock through the ATM Offering.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company sold 1.1 million shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $24.85 per share, providing proceeds of $27.2 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Recovery of Stockholder Short Swing Profit

 

In November 2015, a member of the board of directors of the Company paid $6,000 to the Company, representing the disgorgement of short swing profits under Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act. The amount was recorded as additional paid-in capital.

 

NOTE N—SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

 

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about product revenue, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

 

F - 27


 

Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the Company’s revenue and asset information by geographic region. Revenue is classified based on the location of where the product is manufactured. Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant, equipment and intangible assets (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Revenues:

 

(in thousands)

 

United States

 

$

18,035

 

$

16,766

 

$

30,723

 

Taiwan

 

 

161,611

  

 

141,107

  

 

77,680

 

China

 

 

81,067

  

 

32,030

  

 

22,046

 

 

 

$

260,713

 

$

189,903

 

$

130,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Long-lived assets:

 

(in thousands)

 

United States

 

$

66,028

 

$

44,280

 

$

15,875

 

Taiwan

 

 

48,728

  

 

45,420

  

 

35,688

 

China

 

 

34,113

  

 

24,753

  

 

18,008

 

 

 

$

148,869

 

$

114,453

 

$

69,571

 

 

The Company serves four primary markets, the internet data center, CATV, FTTH  and telecom markets. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2016, the Company earned $201.3 million, or 77.2%, from the internet data center market, $43.6 million, or 16.7%, from the CATV market, $1.6 million, or 0.6%, from the FTTH market and $12.9 million, or 5.0%, from the telecom market.   Of the Company’s total revenues in 2015, the Company earned $123.2 million, or 64.9%, from the internet data center market, $53.7 million, or 28.3%, from the CATV market, $2.5 million, or 1.3%, from the FTTH market and $9.7 million, or 5.1%, from the telecom market. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2014, the Company earned $64.4 million, or 49.4%, from the internet data center market, $47.4 million, or 36.3%, from the CATV market, $13.6 million, or 10.4%, from the FTTH market and $3.9 million, or 3.0%, from the telecom market.

 

NOTE O—MAJOR CUSTOMERS

 

The Company currently derives its revenues from customers in the United States and throughout the rest of the world. Generally, the Company does not require deposits or other collateral to support customer receivables. The Company performs an initial and periodic credit evaluation of its customers and maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts for potential uncollectible accounts. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates. The Company generates much of its revenue from a limited number of customers. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, its top five customers represented 87.8%, 81.8% and 72.0% of its revenue, respectively. In 2016, Amazon, Microsoft and Arris represented 54.6%, 18.3 % and 5.8% of its revenue, respectively. In 2015, Amazon, Microsoft and Cisco represented 52.5%, 11.6% and 10.4% of its revenue, respectively.  In 2014, Amazon, Cisco and a leading internet service provider represented 45.8%, 8.9% and 6.7% of its revenue, respectively. The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an aggregate of 88.3%, and 80.0% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, Amazon and Arris represented 62.1% and 10.6% of total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, Amazon and Wesco represented 51.4% and 14.4% of total accounts receivable, respectively.

 

 

NOTE P—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

On August 1, 2000, the Company established a 401(k) profit sharing plan covering employees meeting certain age and service requirements. The plan provides for discretionary Company contributions to be allocated based on the employee’s eligible contributions. The Company made contributions of $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Employees of Global participate in a state-mandated social security program in China. Under this program, pension costs are recorded on the basis of required monthly contributions to employees’ individual accounts during their service periods. Under the regulations of the People’s Republic of China, Global is required to make fixed contributions to a fund, which is under the administration of the local labor departments.

F - 28


 

Table of Contents

 

Employees of the Company’s Taiwan branch participate in a pension program under the Taiwan Labor Pension Act. Pension expense for Global was $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million in the years ended for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Pension expense for the Company’s Taiwan branch was $0.8 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

NOTE Q—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments

 

The Company conducts part of its operations from leased facilities and also leases equipment. Rent expense was $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2016, the approximate minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases in excess of one year that expire at varying dates through 2029 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31, 

 

Amount

 

 

    

(in thousands)

 

2017

 

$

902

 

2018

 

 

945

 

2019

 

 

1,000

 

2020

 

 

995

 

thereafter

 

 

8,882

 

 

 

$

12,724

 

 

Employment Agreements and Consultancy Agreements

 

The Company has entered into employment and indemnification agreements with three executive officers. These agreements provide that if their employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, or if their employment is terminated for certain other reasons set forth in the agreements, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their annual base salary, and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

 

The Company has also entered into employment and indemnification agreement with one other executive officer. These agreements provide that if their employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their six months of their annual base salary, and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

 

Contingencies

 

The Company may be party to litigation, claims or assessments in the ordinary course of business. Management is not aware of any of these matters that would have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

 

NOTE R—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

 

On January 25, 2017, the Company’s Taiwan branch entered into an early Termination Agreement with Chailease Finance Company Ltd. (Chailease), to terminate the Purchase and Sale Contract and the Finance Lease Agreement (Lease Agreement) executed on June 30, 2015.  Under the terms of the Termination Agreement, the Company agreed to pay approximately $1.2 million to Chailease which includes all costs and expenses associated with the early termination.  Chailease agreed to transfer title to the Company of all property contemplated under the Lease Agreement.

 

On February 27, 2017, the Company repaid the outstanding balance of $2.9 million on an existing $5.0 million term loan and repaid the outstanding balance of $9.5 million on an existing $10.0 million equipment term loan with East

F - 29


 

Table of Contents

West Bank.  As a result of such repayments, both the term loan and the equipment loan with East West Bank have been terminated.   

Between February 28, 2017 and March 2, 2017, the Company had sold 459,020 shares under the ATM Offering at a weighted average price $47.98   per share, providing proceeds of $21.6 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.  As of March 2, 2017, the Company had completed its ATM Offering and sold a total of 1,584,620 shares at a weighted average price of $31.55, raising net proceeds of $48.8 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions. 

 

 

NOTE S—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

The following tables set forth a summary of the Company’s quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First 

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

50,422

 

$

55,254

 

$

70,137

 

$

84,900

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

36,169

 

 

37,952

 

 

46,976

 

 

52,662

 

Gross profit

 

$

14,253

 

$

17,302

 

$

23,161

 

$

32,238

 

Gross margin

 

 

28.3%

 

 

31.3%

 

 

33.0%

 

 

38.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

8,396

 

$

7,814

 

$

8,362

 

$

7,208

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

1,680

 

 

1,610

 

 

1,594

 

 

1,743

 

General and administrative

 

 

5,733

 

 

5,906

 

 

6,445

 

 

7,443

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

15,809

 

$

15,330

 

$

16,401

 

$

16,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

$

(1,556)

 

$

1,972

 

$

6,760

 

$

15,844

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

34

 

 

(1,317)

 

 

(356)

 

 

(378)

 

Net income (loss) before taxes

 

$

(1,522)

 

$

655

 

$

6,404

 

$

15,466

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

192

 

 

(52)

 

 

11,332

 

 

(1,241)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(1,330)

 

$

603

 

$

17,736

 

$

14,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 

 

(0.08)

 

 

0.04

 

 

1.03

 

 

0.81

 

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 

 

(0.08)

 

 

0.03

 

 

0.97

 

 

0.77

 

 

F - 30


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

    

Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

30,234

 

$

49,632

 

$

57,085

 

$

52,952

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

20,183

 

 

32,901

 

 

39,032

 

 

37,334

 

Gross profit

 

$

10,051

 

$

16,731

 

$

18,053

 

$

15,618

 

Gross margin

 

 

33.2%

 

 

33.7%

 

 

31.6%

 

 

29.5%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

$

4,805

 

$

4,701

 

$

5,386

 

$

5,960

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

1,559

 

 

1,607

 

 

1,582

 

 

1,633

 

General and administrative

 

 

5,003

 

 

4,534

 

 

4,963

 

 

5,271

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

11,367

 

$

10,842

 

$

11,931

 

$

12,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

$

(1,316)

 

$

5,889

 

$

6,122

 

$

2,754

 

Interest and other income (expense), net

 

 

641

 

 

335

 

 

(3,016)

 

 

(241)

 

Net income (loss) before taxes

 

$

(675)

 

$

6,224

 

$

3,106

 

$

2,513

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

 —

 

 

(135)

 

 

(406)

 

 

166

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(675)

 

$

6,089

 

$

2,700

 

$

2,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 

$

(0.05)

 

 

0.41

 

 

0.17

 

 

0.16

 

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 

$

(0.05)

 

 

0.38

 

 

0.16

 

 

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

F - 31


Exhibit 10.6

APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

The Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Original Plan”) was originally approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Applied Optoelectronic, Inc. (the “Company”) on April 12, 2013 and by the Company’s stockholders on May 21, 2013. Effective as of August 20, 2013, the Company’s outstanding shares were subject to a 30:1 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”).  As of January 1st of each subsequent year, Shares have been automatically added to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Original Plan (such Shares, the “Additional Shares”).  In addition, effective as of January 1, 2017, the Board approved certain amendments to the Plan to increase tax withholding on Restricted Stock to satisfy tax obligations (the “Withholding Amendments”). The Board has approved this Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan effective as of January 1, 2017 to reflect the adjustments to the number of authorized Shares under the Plan resulting from (i) the Reverse Stock Split and (ii) the addition of the Additional Shares, and to incorporate the Withholding Amendments. 

 

1. Purpose of the Plan .  The purpose of the Plan is to: (i) attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, (ii) provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and (iii) promote the success of the Company's business.  The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, and Other Stock Based Awards.

2. Definition .  As used in this Plan, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) " Administrator " means the Board or any of its Committees that shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) " Applicable Laws " means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards or equity compensation plans under U.S. federal and state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or shall be, granted under the Plan.

(c) " Award " means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares or Other Stock Based Awards.

(d) " Award Agreement " means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan.  The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) " Awarded Stock " means the Common Stock subject to an Award.

(f) " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) " Change in Control " means, except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events:


 

(i) Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets other than (A) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a person or persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, at least 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale or (B) pursuant to a spin-off type transaction, directly or indirectly, of such assets to the Company's stockholders;

(iii) A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors.  "Incumbent Directors" are directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(h) " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.  Any reference to a section of the Code shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(i) " Committee " means a committee of Directors or other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(j) " Common Stock " means the Common Stock of the Company, or in the case of Performance Units, Restricted Stock Units, and certain Other Stock Based Awards, the cash equivalent thereof, as applicable.

(k) " Company " means Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

(l) " Consultant " means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(m) " Director " means a member of the Board.

(n) " Disability " means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its sole discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non‑discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

2


 

(o) " Dividend Equivalent " means a credit, made at the sole discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the value of dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.  Under no circumstances shall the payment of a Dividend Equivalent be made contingent on the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

(p) " Employee " means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

(q) " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(r) " Exchange Program " means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced.  The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(s) " Fair Market Value " means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market (formerly the NASDAQ National Market) or the NASDAQ Capital Market (formerly the NASDAQ SmallCap Market) of the NASDAQ Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock for the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator. 

(iv) Notwithstanding the preceding, for federal, state, and local income tax reporting purposes and for such other purposes as the Administrator deems appropriate, the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by it from time to time.

(t) " Incentive Stock Option " means an Option intended to qualify and receive favorable tax treatment as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Award Agreement.

(u) " Nonstatutory Stock Option " means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) " Option " means an option to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

3


 

(w) " Other Stock Based Awards " means any other awards not specifically described in the Plan that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, Shares and are created by the Administrator pursuant to Section 12.

(x) " Outside Director " means an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(y) " Parent " means a "parent corporation" with respect to the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) " Participan t" means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

(aa) " Performance Goals " means goals which have been established by the Committee in connection with an Award and are based on one or more of the following criteria, as determined by the Committee in its absolute and sole discretion: net income; cash flow; cash flow on investment; pre-tax or post-tax profit levels or earnings; operating income or earnings; return on investment; earned value added; expense reduction levels; free cash flow; free cash flow per share; earnings per share; net earnings per share; net earnings from continuing operations; sales growth; sales volume; economic profit; expense reduction; controlled expenses; return on assets; return on net assets; return on equity; return on capital; return on sales; return on invested capital; organic revenue; growth in managed assets; total shareholder return; stock price; stock price appreciation; EBITA; adjusted EBITA; EBITDA; adjusted EBITDA; return in excess of cost of capital; profit in excess of cost of capital; net operating profit after tax; operating margin; profit margin; adjusted revenue; revenue; net revenue; operating revenue; net cash provided by operating activities; net cash provided by operating activities per share; cash conversion percentage; new sales; net new sales; cancellations; gross margin; gross margin percentage; revenue before deferral; regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; implementation or completion of critical projects; research; in-licensing; out-licensing; product development; government relations; compliance; mergers; and acquisitions or sales of assets or subsidiaries.

(bb) " Performance Period " means the time period during which the Performance Goals or performance objectives must be met.

(cc) " Performance Share " means Shares issued pursuant to a Performance Share Award under Section 10 of the Plan.

(dd) " Performance Unit " means, pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan, an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash or other securities equal to the value set forth in the Award Agreement.

(ee) " Period of Restriction " means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.  Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of Performance Goals or other target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(ff) " Plan " means this Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.  The Plan was originally approved by the Board on April 12, 2013 and by the Company's stockholders on May 21, 2013 and was amended and restated by the Board on January 1, 2017.

(gg) " Prior Plans " means the Company's 1998 Share Incentive Plan, 2000 Share Incentive Plan, 2004 Share Incentive Plan and 2006 Incentive Share Plan.

4


 

(hh) " Restricted Stock " means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under Section 8 or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(ii) " Restricted Stock Unit " means, pursuant to Sections 4 and 11 of the Plan, an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash or other securities equal in value to the Fair Market Value of one Share in the Company on the date of vesting or settlement, or as otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement.

(jj) " Rule 16b-3 " means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b‑3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(kk) " Section 16(b) " means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(ll) " Service Provider " means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(mm) " Share "  means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

(nn) " Stock Appreciation Right " or " SAR " means, pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan, an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver Shares, cash or other securities equal in value to the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date such SAR is exercised/settled and the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date such SAR was granted, or as otherwise set forth in the Award Agreement.

(oo) " Subsidiary " means a "subsidiary corporation" with respect to the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan .  Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan is 2,016,037  Shares, representing the remaining shares available for issuance under the Prior Plans, plus the amount of outstanding Common Stock subject to Lapsed Awards (defined below) under the Prior Plans, plus the Additional Shares that were previously added to the Plan through January 1, 2017.  The maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Incentive Stock Option treatment is 2,016,037.  The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all awards under the Plan shall increase annually on the first day of each fiscal year following the adoption of the Plan by the number of Shares equal to the lesser of (i) two percent of the total issued and outstanding common shares of the Company on the first day of such fiscal year (ii) 333,333 Shares or (iii) such lesser amount determined by the Board.  Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash.  Upon payment in Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Award, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced only by the number of Shares actually issued in such payment.  If a Participant pays the exercise price (or purchase price, if applicable) of an Award through the tender of Shares, or if Shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy any Company withholding obligations, the number of Shares so tendered or withheld shall again be available for issuance pursuant to future Awards under the Plan; provided that any shares of Restricted Stock withheld to satisfy any Company withholding obligations in excess of the minimum amount required to be withheld shall no longer be available for issuance pursuant to future Awards under the Plan.

(b) Lapsed Awards .  If any outstanding Award expires or is terminated or canceled without having been exercised or settled in full, or if Shares acquired pursuant to an Award subject to

5


 

forfeiture or repurchase are forfeited or repurchased by the Company, the Shares allocable to the terminated portion of the Award or the forfeited or repurchased Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan (the " Lapsed Awards ").  Similarly, the shares subject to Lapsed Awards under the Prior Plans shall add to the maximum number of Shares that are available for grant under Section 3(a) of the Plan.

(c) Share Reserve .  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .  

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies .  Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) .  To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable and necessary to qualify Awards granted under this Plan as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more Outside Directors.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 .  If a transaction is intended to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, it shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration .  Other than as provided above, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(v) Delegation of Authority for Day‑to‑Day Administration .  Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Administrator may delegate to one or more individuals the day-to-day administration of the Plan and any of the functions assigned to it in this Plan.  Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

(b) Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to the Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion to:

(i) determine the Fair Market Value of Awards;

(ii) select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted under this Plan;

(iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted under this Plan;

(iv) approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted under this Plan, including but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on Performance Goals or other performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture or repurchase restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

6


 

(vi) reduce, with or without Participant consent, the exercise price of any Award to the then current Fair Market Value (or a higher value) if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Award shall have declined since the date the Award was granted;

(vii) institute an Exchange Program;

(viii) construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(ix) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans;

(x) amend the terms of any outstanding Award, including the discretionary authority to extend the post‑termination exercise period of Awards and accelerate the satisfaction of any vesting criteria or waiver of forfeiture or repurchase restrictions, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Participant's rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Participant's written consent .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment shall not be treated as adversely affecting the rights of the Participant if the amendment causes an Incentive Stock Option to become a Nonstatutory Stock Option or if the amendment is made to the minimum extent necessary to avoid the adverse tax consequences of Section 409A of the Code.

(xi) allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares or cash to be issued upon exercise or vesting of an Award up to the number of Shares or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld bsed on the maximum individual income tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction.  The Fair Market Value of any Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined, and all elections by a Participant to have Shares or cash withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(xii) authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xiii) allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to the Participant under an Award;

(xiv) determine whether Awards shall be settled in Shares, cash or in a combination of Shares and cash;

(xv) determine whether Awards shall be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents;

(xvi) create Other Stock Based Awards for issuance under the Plan;

(xvii) establish a program whereby Service Providers designated by the Administrator can reduce compensation otherwise payable in cash in exchange for Awards under the Plan;

(xviii) impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by a Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued as a result of or under an Award, including without limitation, (A) restrictions under an insider trading policy, and (B) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers;

7


 

(xix) establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of Performance Goals or other performance criteria, or other event that absent the election, would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award; and

(xx) make all other determinations that the Administrator deems necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Administrator shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator.  However, the Administrator may not exercise any right or power reserved to the Board.

(c) Effect of Administrator's Decision .  The Administrator's decisions, determinations, actions and interpretations shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.

(d) Indemnification .  The Company shall defend and indemnify members of the Board, officers and Employees of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company is delegated (" Indemnitees ") to the maximum extent permitted by law against (i) all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein (collectively, a " Claim "), to which any of them is a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act in connection with the Plan, or in connection with any Award granted under the Plan; and (ii) all amounts required to be paid by them in settlement the Claim (provided the settlement is approved by the Company) or required to be paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any Claim.  However, no person shall be entitled to indemnification to the extent he is determined in such Claim to be liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct.  In addition, to be entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitee must, within 30 days after written notice of the Claim, offer the Company, in writing, the opportunity, at the Company's expense, to defend the Claim.  The right to indemnification shall be in addition to all other rights of indemnification available to the Indemnitee.

5. Eligibility .  Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares, and Other Stock Based Awards may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations .

(a) $100,000 Limitation for Incentive Stock Options .  Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted.  The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Options with respect to such Shares are granted.

(b) Special Annual Limits .  Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider in any calendar year shall equal 600,000 Shares and contain an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date of grant.  Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum number of Shares that may be subject to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance

8


 

Units and Other Stock Based Awards, Other Stock Based Awards granted to any Service Provider in any calendar year shall equal 600,000 Shares.  Subject to Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum dollar amount that may be subject to cash awards granted to any Service Provider in any calendar year shall equal $5,000,000.

7. Options .

(a) Term of Option .  The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term shall be 10 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.  Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(b) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price .  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator, but shall not be less than Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates .  At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the satisfaction of such conditions at any time.

(c) Form of Consideration .  The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.  Such consideration, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, may consist entirely of:

(i) cash;

9


 

(ii) check;

(iii) other Shares which meet the conditions established by the Administrator to avoid adverse accounting consequences (as determined by the Administrator);

(iv) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

(v) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Participant, including any liability attributable to the Participant's participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

(vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

(vii) any other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares permitted by Applicable Laws.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .  Any Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement.  An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (x) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (y) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (including provision for any applicable tax withholding).  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan.  Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his spouse.  Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Awarded Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised.  No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.  Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider .  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant's death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).  In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 30 days following the Participant's termination after which the Option shall terminate.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If the Participant does not exercise his Option as to all of the vested Shares within the time specified by the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate, and the remaining Shares covered by the Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant .  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of his Disability, the Participant may exercise his Option, to the extent vested, within the time

10


 

specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).  If no time for exercise of the Option on Disability is specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for 24 months following the Participant's termination for Disability.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, on the date of termination for Disability, the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  If after termination for Disability, the Participant does not exercise his Option as to all of the vested Shares within the time specified by the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate and the remaining Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant .  If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option, to the extent vested, may be exercised within the time specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event may the Option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the beneficiary designated by the Participant prior to his death; provided that such designation must be acceptable to the Administrator.  If no beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then the Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant's estate, or by the persons to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution.  If the Award Agreement does not specify a time within which the Option must be exercised following a Participant's death, it shall be exercisable for 24 months following his death.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death, the Participant is not vested as to his entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan.  If the Option is not exercised as to all of the vested Shares within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the remaining Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement .  Each Award of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.  Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on the Shares have lapsed.

(c) Removal of Restrictions .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Award made under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practical after the last day of the Period of Restriction.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed.

(d) Voting Rights .  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(e) Dividends and Other Distributions .  During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock shall be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.  If any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

11


 

(f) Return of Restricted Stock to Company .  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed shall revert to the Company and again shall become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) Grant of SARs .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.  The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Service Provider.  The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan, including the sole discretion to accelerate exercisability at any time. 

(b) SAR Agreement .  Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(c) Expiration of SARs .  A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, as set forth in the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Sections 7(d)(ii), 7(d)(iii) and 7(d)(iv) shall also apply to SARs.

(d) Payment of SAR Amount .  Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

(iii) At the sole discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon the exercise of a SAR may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  The Administrator shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Service Provider.

(b) Value of Performance Units and Performance Shares .  Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant.  Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms .  The Administrator shall set Performance Goals or other performance objectives in its sole discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, shall determine the number or value of Performance Units and Performance Shares that shall be paid out to the Participant.  Each award of Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Performance Period and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator in its sole discretion shall determine.  The Administrator may set Performance Goals or performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company‑wide, divisional,

12


 

or individual goals (including solely continued service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units and Performance Shares .  After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units or Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units or Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Goals or performance objectives have been achieved.  After the grant of Performance Units or Performance Shares, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives for the Performance Unit or Performance Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units and Performance Shares .  Payment of earned Performance Units and Performance Shares shall be made after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period at the time determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units and Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units or Performance Shares, as applicable, at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination of cash and Shares.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units or Performance Shares .  On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units and Performance Shares shall be forfeited to the Company, and again shall be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Restricted Stock Units .  Restricted Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in a lump sum, installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator

12. Other Stock Based Awards .  Other Stock Based Awards may be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, other Awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan.  The Administrator shall have authority to determine the Service Providers to whom and the time or times at which Other Stock Based Awards shall be made, the amount of such Other Stock Based Awards, and all other conditions of the Other Stock Based Awards, including any dividend or voting rights and whether the Award should be paid in cash.

13. Leaves of Absence .  Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted under this Plan shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence and shall resume on the date the Participant returns to work on a regular schedule as determined by the Company; provided, however, that no vesting credit shall be awarded for the time vesting has been suspended during such leave of absence.  A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary.  For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no leave of absence may exceed 90 days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.  If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then at the end of three months following the expiration of the leave of absence, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

14. Non-Transferability of Awards .  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by shall or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the

13


 

Participant, only by the Participant.  If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

15. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments .  In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend or other non‑recurring dividends or distributions, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin‑off, combination, repurchase or exchange of stock, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction that affects the Common Stock, an adjustment shall be made, as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.  Such adjustment may include an adjustment to the number and class of Shares which may be delivered under the Plan, the number, class and price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the number and class of Shares issuable pursuant to Options, and the numerical limits in Sections 3 and 6(b).  Notwithstanding the preceding, the number of Shares subject to any Award always shall be a whole number.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practical prior to the effective date of the proposed transaction.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his Award, to the extent applicable, until 10 days prior to the transaction as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable.  In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse 100%, and that any Award vesting shall accelerate 100%, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated.  To the extent it has not been previously exercised or vested, an Award shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control .  This Section 15(c) shall apply except to the extent otherwise provided in the Award Agreement.

(i) Stock Options and SARs .  In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Option and SAR shall be assumed or an equivalent option or SAR substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, if the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or SAR, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or SAR as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable.  If an Option or SAR is not assumed or substituted on the Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or SAR shall be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of up to 15 days from the date of such notice, and the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this Section 15(c)(i), the Option or SAR shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the option or SAR confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Awarded Stock subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether securities, cash, or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares).  However, if the consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR, for each share of Awarded Stock subject to the Option or SAR, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an Award

14


 

that vests, is earned, or is paid‑out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance objectives shall not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of the performance objectives without the Participant's consent; provided, however, a modification to performance objectives only to reflect the successor corporation's post‑Change in Control corporate structure shall not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

(ii) Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock Based Awards .  In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, and Other Stock Based Award shall be assumed or an equivalent Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, and Other Stock Based Award shall be substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, if the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant shall fully vest in the Award, including as to Shares or Units that would not otherwise be vested, all applicable restrictions shall lapse, and all performance objectives and other vesting criteria shall be deemed achieved at targeted levels.  For the purposes of this Section 15(c)(ii), an Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Other Stock Based Awards shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control (and if a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Unit, for each Share as determined based on the then current value of the unit), the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares).  However, if the consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide that the consideration to be received for each Share (and if a Restricted Stock Unit or Performance Unit, for each Share as determined based on the then current value of the unit) be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned, or is paid‑out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance objectives shall not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of the performance objectives without the Participant's consent; provided, however, a modification to the performance objectives only to reflect the successor corporation's post‑Change in Control corporate structure shall not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(iii) Outside Director Awards .  Notwithstanding any provision of Sections 15(c)(i) or 15(c)(ii) to the contrary, with respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following the assumption or substitution, the Participant's status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant, then the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his Options and Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Award, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall lapse, and, with respect to Performance Shares, Performance Units, and Other Stock Based Awards, all performance goals and other vesting criteria shall be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

16. Date of Grant .  The date of grant of an Award shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or a later date as is determined by the Administrator.  Notice of the determination shall be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15


 

17. Stockholder Approval and Term of Plan .  The Plan became effective on September 26, 2013 and thereafter shall continue in effect for a term of ten years unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination .  The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval .  The Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall materially or adversely impair the rights of any Participant, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.  Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it under this Plan with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of termination.

19. Conditions upon issuance of shares .

(a) Legal Compliance .  Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of the Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations .  As a condition to the exercise or receipt of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising or receiving the Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or receipt that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute the Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

(c) Taxes .  No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant or other person until the Participant or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any non‑U.S., U.S.‑federal, U.S.‑state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares.  Upon exercise or vesting of an Award, the Company shall withhold or collect from the Participant an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, including, but not limited to, by surrender of up to the whole number of Shares covered by the Award sufficient to satisfy the withholding obligations incident to the exercise or vesting of an Award based on the maximum individual income tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction.

20. Severability .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or an Award to the contrary, if any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan or the Awards shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal, and enforceable, and the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan or Award, as applicable, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority .  The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

16


 

22. No Rights to Awards .  No eligible Service Provider or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be obligated to treat Participants or any other person uniformly.

23. No Stockholder Rights .  Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by an Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of the Shares.

24. Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

25. Governing Law .  The Plan, all Award Agreements, and all related matters, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to choice of law principles that direct the application of the laws of another state.

26. No Effect on Terms of Employment or Consulting Relationship .  The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right as a Service Provider, nor shall it interfere in any way with his right or the right of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the Participant's service at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

27. Unfunded Obligation .  This Section 27 shall only apply to Awards that are not settled in Shares.  Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company.  Any amounts payable to Participants pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  Neither the Company nor any Parent or Subsidiary shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations.  The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations under this Plan.  Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust for any Participant account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary and Participant, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Participant or the Participant's creditors in any assets of the Company or Parent or Subsidiary.  The Participants shall have no claim against the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

28. Section 409A .  It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be "deferred compensation" subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Administrator specifically determines otherwise, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly.  The following rules shall apply to Awards intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code ("409A Awards"):

(a) Any distribution of a 409A Award following a separation from service that would be subject to Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code as a distribution following a separation from service of a "specified employee" (as defined under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) shall occur no earlier than the expiration of the six‑month period following such separation from service.

(b) In the case of a 409A Award providing for distribution or settlement upon vesting or lapse of a risk of forfeiture, if the time of such distribution or settlement is not otherwise specified in the Plan or Award Agreement or other governing document, the distribution or settlement shall be made no

17


 

later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such 409A Award vested or the risk of forfeiture lapsed.

(c) In the case of any distribution of any other 409A Award, if the timing of such distribution is not otherwise specified in the Plan or Award Agreement or other governing document, the distribution shall be made not later than the end of the calendar year during which the settlement of the 409A Award is specified to occur.

29. Construction .  Headings in this Plan are included for convenience and shall not be considered in the interpretation of the Plan.  References to sections are to Sections of this Plan unless otherwise indicated.  Pronouns shall be construed to include the masculine, feminine, neutral, singular or plural as the identity of the antecedent may require.  This Plan shall be construed according to its fair meaning and shall not be strictly construed against the Company.

 

*     *     *     *     *

 

 

18


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We have issued our report dated March 9, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. on Form 10‑K  for the year ended December 31, 2016.  We consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statements of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-192407) and on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-214146).

 

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

 

Houston, Texas

March 9, 2017


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

 

Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

 

President, Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Stefan J. Murry, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2017

 

/s/ Stefan J. Murry

 

Stefan J. Murry

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code (18 U.S.C. § 1350), Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Stefan J. Murry, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

 

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 9th day of March, 2017.

 

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

     

/s/ Stefan J. Murry

Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin

 

Stefan J. Murry

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

This certification accompanies the Annual Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Annual Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.